Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaged Foods / Greencore Group

Greencore Group

gnc · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker gnc
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Greencore Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Bringing 
convenience  
to good food

Annual Report and Accounts 2011

Greencore Group plc  
is a leading convenience 
food business with  
an annual turnover in 
excess of £800 million. 
We operate manufacturing facilities in  
the United Kingdom and the United States  
and employ nearly 7,000 people. We have  
16 convenience foods facilities in the UK  
and three in the US providing a wide range  
of chilled, frozen and ambient foods to major 
retail and foodservice customers in the UK,  
the US and Ireland.
Find out more about our site locations on page 11

Our vision is to be a leading international  
food company delivering convenient, premium-
quality meal and snack solutions to retailers 
and foodservice providers at prices the majority 
of today’s consumers can afford every day.
Find out more about our products from pages 1 to 8

Our focus is on growing our UK convenience 
foods business and extending our presence  
in the US with an emerging convenience  
foods business.
Find out more about our strategy and performance on pages 14 and 15

Section #1
Business Review

09-31

Highlights 
Chairman’s Statement 
Chief Executive’s Review 
Strategy 
Key Performance Indicators 
Operating Review 
Financial Review 
 Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
 Corporate Responsibility Review 

9
10
12
14 
15
17
20
24
26

Section #2
Corporate Governance

32-47

Board of Directors 
Directors’ Report 
 Corporate Governance Report 
 Report on Directors’ Remuneration 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

32
34
37
42
46

Section #3
Financial Statements

48-112

48
50
60

Independent Auditor’s Report 
Group Statement of Accounting Policies 
 Group Income Statement 
 Group Statement of Recognised  
Income and Expense 
61
Group Balance Sheet 
62
 Group Cash Flow Statement 
63
Group Statement of Changes in Equity 
64
Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
66
  Company Statement of Accounting Policies  117
Company Balance Sheet 
119
 Notes to the Company Financial  
Statements 
 Shareholder and Other Information 

120
IBC

Quality,
Innovation,
Efficiency.

F a s t   f a c t :

> 2 0 %

O v e r   a   f i f t h   o f   t h e   s i d e   o f  
i n   t h e   U K  
p l a t e   s a l a d s  
a r e   p r o d u c e d   b y   G r e e n c o r e ’ s  
i t y  
l
n e w l y   a c q u i r e d   f a c i
i n   S p a l d i n g .

 
 
 
We create award-winning convenience 
foods in some of the most dynamic sectors 
of the market, predominantly operating  
in the innovative customer brand sector. 

Our businesses are focused around  
specific expertise and category areas;  
all of these businesses hold a significant 
share of their markets:

– Food to Go
– Chilled Prepared Meal Solutions
– Ambient Grocery
– Frozen Foods
– Cakes & Desserts

Find out how we performed in the Operating Review  
on pages 17 and 18

F a s t   f a c t :

4 0 0 m

i o n   s a n d w i c h e s  
p r o d u c e d   b y   t h e   G r o u p  
l
4 0 0   m i
e v e r y   y e a r .

l

Making more  
sandwiches than  
anyone else

Food to GoWith production in nine state-of-the-art facilities in the UK and the US, Greencore is  one of the world's leading manufacturers of pre-packaged sandwiches, baguettes, wraps, ready to eat prepared salads and sushi. 
 
Delicious, diverse  
and ready to eat

Fast fact:

>120mWe produce more than  

120 million prepared meals  
every year.

Chilled Prepared Meal Solutions

With four facilities in the UK and a growing 
presence in the US, Greencore is a market 
leading manufacturer of chilled prepared 
meals, quiche, chilled pasta sauces and  
chilled soups.

Ambient Grocery

As well as being a leading UK manufacturer  
of ambient cooking sauces, Greencore also 
manufactures a range of table sauces,  
pickles and condiments.

Chosen by every major  
retailer in the UK

F a s t   f a c t :

N o . 1

i n   o w n  

l a b e l

W e   a r e   n u m b e r   1  
c o o k i n g   s a u c e s   a n d   p i c k l e s  
i n   t h e   U K .

  
 
F a s t   f a c t :

6 0 0 m

W e   p r o d u c e   6 0 0   m i
Y o r k s h i r e   p u d d i n g s  
e a c h   y e a r .

i o n  

l

l

A great British classic

Frozen Foods

From our well-invested facility in Yorkshire, 
Greencore Frozen Foods is a leading 
manufacturer of Yorkshire puddings  
and Toad in the Hole.

 
Indulgent, premium, perfection!

Fast fact:

No.1
We are number 1 in  
Christmas cakes in the UK.

Cakes & DessertsFrom its four facilities in the UK, Greencore produces cakes and desserts for both  retailers and foodservice customers  across the UK and Ireland.A focused convenience 
food business

Uniq

The acquisition of Uniq plc in September  
has extended Greencore's presence in the 
fast-growing food to go and chilled desserts 
categories in the UK.

Business Review
Highlights of the Year

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

9

#1

#2

#3

Revenue 1 (£m)

+8.7%

2011

2010

804.2

739.9

Operating Profit 1,2  (£m)

±0%

2011

2010

51.5

51.6

Adjusted EPS 3,4 (pence)

+20.9%

2011

2010

13.9

11.5

•   Group revenue 1 of £804.2 million, an 
increase of 8.7%, 4.3% on a like for  
like basis 5

•   Group operating profit 1,2 from continuing 

operations of £51.5 million, in line with FY10

•   Continuing adjusted EPS 1,3,4 of 13.9 pence,  

up 20.9%

•   Proposed final dividend of 2.4 cent per 

share, making a total distribution for the  
full year of 46% of Adjusted Earnings 3

•   Good performance in Convenience Foods  

despite challenging market conditions

•   Successfully completed the acquisition  
of Uniq plc on 23 September 2011 – 
integration on track

•   Refinancing completed – the Group has  
an average debt maturity of 4.3 years  
at competitive rates

1   Continuing operations comparisons exclude activities 
disposed of during FY10 (Malt in the Ingredients  
& Property division and Water and the Continental 
businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
2   Operating profit and margin are stated before 

exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
3   Adjusted earnings are stated before exceptional items, 
pension finance items, acquisition related amortisation, 
FX on inter-company and certain external balances and 
the movement in the fair value of all derivative financial 
instruments and related debt adjustments.
4   Non-GAAP measure, excluding the effect of the  

Rights Issue on average shares in issue.

5   Excluding the impact of the 53rd week and the 

acquisition of On a Roll Sales. 

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

10
Business Review
Chairman’s Statement
Ned Sullivan

The Group delivered a good performance 
overall, growing revenues1 by 8.7%, 
maintaining operating profit1,2 in  
a difficult environment and growing 
continuing adjusted EPS3,4 by 20.9% 
from 11.5 pence to 13.9 pence.

Summary of Performance

The Group delivered a good performance  
overall, growing revenues1 by 8.7%, maintaining 
operating profit1,2 in a difficult environment  
and growing continuing adjusted EPS3,4 by 20.9% 
from 11.5 pence to 13.9 pence. Basic EPS was  
7.0 pence in FY11 (FY10: 11.4 pence). The growth  
in continuing adjusted EPS3,4 was driven by  
a significant reduction in finance costs following 
the disposal of non-core activities in FY10. 

The Convenience Foods division delivered a good 
performance in challenging market conditions.  
The UK retail market has experienced a difficult 
year with real volume declines for the first time  
in many years. Real disposable incomes have 
declined; pronounced input cost inflation, coupled 
with tax rises and growing unemployment, have 
held back consumption. 

Against this background, the Group has continued 
to grow revenues through its exposure to faster 
growing categories, through meeting consumer 
and customer needs and through new business 
gains. The UK business experienced input cost 
inflation of 4% and this was successfully mitigated 
through internal efficiency programmes, product 
reconfiguration and selective price increases. The 
Convenience Foods business delivered revenue1 
and operating profit1,2 growth of 8% and 5.3% 
respectively and sustained a strong operating 
margin1,2 of 6.7% for the year. 

The Ingredients & Property segment represented 
less than 10% of overall Group activity in FY11 and 
will represent a smaller proportion going forward. 

Further Strengthening  
its Growth Platform

The Group substantially strengthened its position 
in chilled convenience foods in its chosen markets 
of the UK and the US during the financial year 
through the acquisitions of Uniq plc and On a Roll 
Sales. The Uniq acquisition was part funded by  
a rights issue which significantly increased the 
issued share capital of the company. 

1   Continuing operations comparisons exclude activities 
disposed of during FY10 (Malt in the Ingredients & 
Property division and Water and the Continental 
businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
2   Operating profit and margin are stated before 

exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
3   Adjusted earnings are stated before exceptional items, 
pension finance items, acquisition related amortisation, 
FX on inter-company and certain external balances and 
the movement in the fair value of all derivative financial 
instruments and related debt adjustments.

4   Non-GAAP measure, excluding the effect of the Rights 

Issue on average shares in issue.

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

11

8.7%

Revenue 1 growth

20.9%

Adjusted EPS 3,4 growth

46%

Dividend payout – 46% 
of Adjusted Earnings 3

#1

#2

#3

In May 2011, the Group completed the 
refinancing of the primary bank facility of £280 
million for a five year term at competitive rates. 
In doing this, we extended our average debt 
maturity to 4.3 years. The Group has changed its 
reporting currency from euro to sterling to align 
the Group’s external financial reporting with the 
profile of the Group.

We have gone through several changes to our 
Board with the retirement of Tony Hynes in 
December 2010 and the arrival of Alan Williams 
onto the Board as Chief Financial Officer in March 
2011. Alan brings a wealth of experience from his 
days with Cadbury in various locations in Europe 
and North America and has already made a 
significant impact to our Board and our business.

In addition, David Sugden is due to retire from  
the Board at the forthcoming AGM following  
nine years of exceptional contributions as a 
Non-Executive Director. The Board would like to 
thank David for his food industry insight during 
that period and offer him our best wishes for  
the future.

Dividend and Outlook

The Board of Directors is recommending a final 
dividend of 2.4 cent per share on the post Rights 
Issue enlarged equity base. This will result in a 
total distribution to shareholders for the year of 
46% of Adjusted Earnings3, in line with the overall 
distribution for FY10.

The business has made a good start to FY12  
with revenue momentum in all of our major 
categories. The Uniq businesses are trading in  
line with our expectations and the integration  
is progressing to plan. The retail and economic 
environment remains challenging. Whilst input 
cost inflation is showing signs of moderating,  
it is still expected to be modestly higher for our 
business than in FY11. We have made good 
progress to date in mitigating this inflationary 
impact. We have reshaped our portfolio, we have 
strong market positions, we are delivering good 
performance and are thus well positioned for 
further progress in FY12 and beyond.

Ned Sullivan
Chairman
5 December 2011

Revenue 1 (£m)

Our UK & Ireland Locations

2011

2010

804.2

739.9

Revenue 1 by Division

Convenience 
Foods – 91%

Ingredients  
& Property – 9%

Operating Profit 1,2  (£m)

Our US Locations

2011

2010

51.5

51.6

Operating Profit 1,2 by Division

Convenience 
Foods – 96%

Ingredients  
& Property – 4%

Adjusted EPS 3,4 (pence)

2011

2010

13.9

11.5

Key

  Convenience Foods
  Ingredients & Property
   Office Locations

 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

12
Business Review
Chief Executive’s Review
Patrick Coveney

Our strategy is a simple one – to win 
in convenience foods.

Introduction

FY11 has been a year of significant change at 
Greencore. It was a year that began with an 
impending merger with Northern Foods plc but 
instead closed out with the successful acquisition 
of Uniq plc. Furthermore, in trading terms, 
Greencore faced more challenging times with 
consumers, customers, raw material pricing, 
capital markets – even climate challenges – than 
we had experienced for some time. Against this 
background, I am pleased to report another year 
of strong progress and growth, with revenues1 
increased by 8.7% and operating margins1,2 and 
returns on capital3 sustained at healthy levels, 
6.7% and 13.2%, respectively.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is a simple one – to win in 
convenience foods. Underpinning this strategy  
is a belief that consumers and customers will 
continue to seek out and value ever more 
convenient food propositions. The performance 
in FY11 highlights that while there is plenty more 
to do, our business is winning in its key categories. 
Winning in this context means exciting 
consumers, deepening our market share and 
making excellent food for a margin that gives  
us an appropriate return on capital. Our three 
largest category businesses, Food to Go, 
Prepared Meals and Grocery, all built revenues, 
market share and returns strongly in FY11. Our 
customers consistently recognise and value what 
we do. I am proud to highlight that Greencore 
won the overall ‘Own Label Supplier of the Year 
Award’ at The Grocer Awards this year. These 
achievements reflect the ‘passion for good food’ 
evident in every part of our business, consistent 
with our overall strategy of winning in 
convenience foods.

Our Consumer

Following an excellent year of growth in FY10, we 
have seen consumers sustain a healthy demand 
for our food offerings throughout FY11. More 
importantly, there is strong evidence that many 
of the lifestyle changes and food consumption 
patterns seen in the last two years are now 
embedded, with consumers adjusting to the new 
economic environment. In particular, the macro 
trends of increased consumption of food on the 
go, as well as for prepared meals at home, 
strongly support demand for our food products. 
The sales growth1 of 8.0% recorded in FY11 in  
the Convenience Foods division is testament  
to the performance of our business in meeting 
the needs of our consumers. With our markets 
constantly changing and our need to be 

O w n   L a b e l   S u p p l i e r  
o f   t h e   Ye a r   2 0 11
l a r g e  
i n   2 0 1 1   r e c e i v e d   a  
i t s   p e o p l e  
  w h i c h   r e c o g n i s e  
G r e e n c o r e   h a s   a g a i n  
i s  
  A m o n g s t   t h e s e   G r e e n c o r e  
n u m b e r   o f   a w a r d s ,
p a r t i c u l a r l y   p r o u d   t o   h a v e   b e e n   a w a r d e d   t h e  
i t s   p r o d u c t s .
i e r   o f   t h e   Y e a r ’
a n d  
i s   a w a r d e d   b y   o u r   c u s t o m e r s  
‘ O w n   L a b e l
‘ T h e   G r o c e r ’
l
o v e r a l
l e a d i n g   U K   t r a d e   m a g a z i n e  
  w h i c h  
A w a r d ,
a n d  

  S u p p l

.

immediately responsive to evolving tastes  
and preferences, we innovate continuously – 
approximately 40% of our products are less than  
a year old at any point in time. Looking ahead, 
without taking anything for granted, we believe our 
portfolio matches up well to the current consumer 
environment in our key UK and US markets.

Our Portfolio

Our strategy drives the portfolio choices that  
we make. We have consistently sought to build 
further scale in our core chilled food categories, 
both through strong growth and development  
in our core businesses, and where financially  
and strategically attractive, through corporate 
development initiatives. In November 2010, our 
Board of Directors announced a recommended 
nil premium merger with one of our largest 
competitors, Northern Foods, to form Essenta 
Foods plc. However, a subsequent premium  
cash bid emerged for Northern Foods that led 
their board of directors to change its original 
recommendation and, having assessed all  
of our alternatives, we stepped away from  
a Northern Foods transaction. In the second  
half of FY11, the opportunity to acquire Uniq plc 
emerged. This acquisition offered outstanding 
strategic, commercial and financial merits. 
Specifically, the acquisition has enabled us  
to build more scale in the Food to Go category, 
added a large new customer to our Group, 
facilitated significant synergy delivery and 
offered valuable tax attributes that will enhance 
Group cashflows going forward.

Our Board of Directors was very grateful for 
shareholder support in the form of a 5-for-6 
rights issue that underpinned the financing of 
this transaction and we are pleased to report 
that having completed the transaction on  
23 September 2011, we are well on track in 
delivering the integration benefits.

On 6 December 2010, we extended our footprint 
in the US with the acquisition of a small sandwich 
manufacturer, On A Roll Sales, based in Brockton, 
Massachusetts. This acquisition has helped 
reshape our US business into a Food to Go led 
proposition with a broader multi-channel 
commercial footprint and we are excited  
about its prospects going forward.

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

13

#1

#2

#3

Our People

The industry that we are in, whilst simple in many 
ways, is enormously complex in others. In many 
of our category businesses, we assemble raw 
ingredients into a finished food proposition for 
consumption within 48 hours of manufacture. 
We have to ‘get it right’ at every critical step 
along the way, from sourcing and supply chain  
to safe manufacture, logistics and customer 
relationship management. The fact that we do 
this consistently is testament to the quality of the 
people we have in Greencore. We are particularly 
pleased to be bringing colleagues from the 
former Uniq and On A Roll businesses into our 
Group. They bring innovation skills, channel  
and customer specific knowledge and new 
perspectives to our teams. They will, undoubtedly, 
strengthen our culture, our organisation and our 
capability. People matter in every industry but 
perhaps, most of all, in the food industry. Whilst 
we are very proud of the people, teams and 
businesses we have built, we remain far from 
complacent. Today, we have pockets of 
excellence in particular functional and process 
areas but there is much to do to further improve 
our business and we are actively on the case.

Our Well-Invested Facilities

Manufacturing is a core competence at 
Greencore. We strive to obtain competitive 
advantage through having the lowest per unit 
manufacturing cost in our key manufacturing 
sites. To this end, factory and category scale 
matters. By way of example, our Manton Wood 
manufacturing facility is the largest fresh 
sandwich facility globally, our Kiveton facility  
has industry-leading scale in quiche production 
and our Selby facility is the largest cooking  
sauce facility in Europe. The addition of the 
Northampton sandwich facility from the Uniq 
acquisition is consistent with this theme.  

1   Continuing operations comparisons exclude activities 
disposed of during FY10 (Malt in the Ingredients & 
Property division and Water and the Continental 
businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
2   Operating profit and margin are stated before 

exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.

3   Capital is defined as the sum of the book value of 
shareholders’ equity plus net debt but excluding 
investment property and pension scheme assets  
or deficits with the returns measure expressed as 
operating profit1,2 including share of associates.  
In FY11, the Rights Issue proceeds, the net debt of Uniq 
on acquisition and the employee benefit obligations 
related to Uniq have been excluded from Capital for the 
purpose of calculating Return on Capital Employed to 
enable comparability with FY10.

This manufacturing scale provides a backbone 
onto which we continue to invest in the best 
people, technology, assets and processes to 
produce great food and continuously offer 
optimal per unit costs to our customers. 

Our Profitability and  
Returns on Capital 

We have had another good year of delivery  
as measured by the Group’s operating margin.  
In the face of significant input cost inflation and 
weather-related disruption, Convenience Foods 
delivered an operating margin1,2 of 6.7% (and  
our Group, a margin1,2 of 6.4%). This reflects the 
connection of the various facets which drive 
returns, as I have referred to above. Group 
operating profit1,2 was held at £51 million. Over 
the past four years, we have been on a steady 
path of margin expansion, and while we strive to 
do better still, we now believe our margin levels 
represent a more appropriate return on our 
invested capital. The underlying strength in 
margin has been delivered through operating 
leverage, our performance management culture 
and also from a myriad of efficiency initiatives 
driven through the business at any point in time 
in a framework of continuous improvement. 
Margin management in Greencore is about 
achieving an appropriate balance of returns  
on capital and delivering a food proposition 
competitively to our customers. Our return  
on capital3 in FY11 was 13.2%.

The Future

It is an honour to be the chief executive of this 
Group and I continue to be excited about the 
prospects for Greencore. We now have the right 
combination of portfolio, people, balance sheet 
and strategy to drive our Group forward. We will 
continue to build on this and will never accept the 
status quo as ‘our lot’. In conclusion, I would like 
to thank all of our stakeholders for their enduring 
support and efforts in a very busy year, including 
those of our colleagues, our business leaders,  
our Board of Directors, our customers and our 
investors.

Patrick Coveney
Chief Executive
5 December 2011

 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

14
Business Review
Strategy

The recipe  
for success...

Our goal 
We aim to be the leading international food 
company delivering convenient, premium-quality 
meal and snack solutions to retailers and foodservice 
providers at prices the majority of today’s consumers 
can afford every day.

What does this mean in the UK?

What does this mean in the US?

O u r   g o a l :

T o   w i n   i n  
c o n v e n i e n c e  
f o o d s
I n   t h e   U K   a n d   t h e   U S .

Our UK goal: 
To lead in UK  
convenience foods

Our US goal: 
To lead in selected regions  
of US convenience foods

To achieve this goal we will:
 • Drive value from our existing well invested assets and 

demonstrated capability.

 • Get closer still to our consumers and customers to anticipate 

and fully meet their category needs.

 • Enhance the robustness and depth of our teams across all 

functions and businesses.

 • Create an organisation that believes in itself, takes pride in what 

it does, is agile and responsive to market changes and is 
positioned for future growth.

 • Remember that we are a food company – we must champion 

great food!

To achieve this goal we will:
 •

Take the time to really understand the market and build enduring 
relationships with our consumers, customers, regulators, suppliers 
and colleagues.

 • Embed a leadership team and operating model that has the 
ambition, capability and headroom to develop and operate,  
in time, a scale business.

 • Continue to hit the demanding operational and commercial 

milestones that we have in place.

 • Put in place the right development plan – one that gives us the 

asset footprint we need, maintains momentum and delivers for 
shareholders in the long-term.

Our culture
Underpinning everything is the imperative to strengthen our culture, our organisation and  
our capability. ‘People matter’ in every industry, but perhaps most of all in food. Today we have 
pockets of excellence in particular functional areas but there is much more to do and we are  
‘on the case’.

Business Review
Key Performance Indicators

15

The Group uses a  
set of headline key 
performance indicators 
to measure the 
performance of its 
operations and of the 
Group as a whole. 

Although separate measures, the relationship 
between all five is also monitored. In addition, 
other performance indicators are measured at 
individual business unit level.

#01. 
Sales Growth
Group revenue from continuing businesses1 
increased by 8.7% in FY11 or 4.3% on a like for  
like basis3. In our Convenience Foods business,  
the Group measures weekly sales growth. In FY11 
we recorded 8.0% growth or 3.4% growth on a  
like for like basis3. In the Ingredients & Property 
division, we track monthly sales, however this is 
not the primary measure of performance for this 
division. In FY11, the division recorded a 16.6% 
increase in revenue on continuing businesses1.

Group Revenue1 (£m)

2011

2010

+8.7%

804.2

739.9

#02.
Operating Margin
The Group’s operating margin on continuing 
businesses1,2 in FY11 was 6.4% compared to 
7.0% in FY10. In Convenience Foods, the 
operating margin on continuing businesses1,2 was 
6.7% compared to 6.9% in FY10.

Group Operating Margin 1,2

6.4%
-60bps

Convenience Foods Operating Margin 1,2

6.7%
-20bps

#03. 
Return on Capital 
Employed
The Group’s return on capital on a continuing 
basis in FY11 was 13.2% (FY10 (as previously 
reported): 14.1%). Capital is defined as the sum  
of the book value of shareholders’ equity plus  
net debt but excluding investment property and 
pension scheme assets or deficits with the returns 
measure expressed as operating profit1,2 including 
share of associates. To enable comparability with 
FY10, the Rights Issue proceeds, the net debt of 
Uniq on acquisition and the employee benefit 
obligations related to Uniq have been excluded 
from Capital for the purpose of calculating Return 
on Capital Employed in FY11.

Return on Capital Employed

2011

2010

-90bps

13.2%

14.1%

1   Continuing operations comparisons exclude activities disposed of during FY10 (Malt in the Ingredients & 

Property division and Water and the Continental businesses in the Convenience Foods division).

2   Operating profit and margin are stated before exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
3   Excluding the impact of the 53rd week and the acquisition of On a Roll Sales.

#04.
Free Cash Flow
Group continuing free cash was £46.9 million in 
FY11, which represents 91.1% of Group operating 
profit1,2 of £51.5 million. The Group’s free cash 
measure is net cash flow from operating 
activities after capital expenditure but before 
exceptional items and pension deficit funding. 

Free Cash Flow

£46.9m
91%

of Group operating profit1,2

#05. 
Adjusted Earnings  
per Share
Adjusted earnings per share is stated before 
exceptional items, the effect of foreign exchange 
(FX) on inter-company balances and external 
loans where hedge accounting is not applied,  
the movement in the fair value of all derivative 
financial instruments and related debt 
adjustments, the amortisation of acquisition 
related intangible assets and the effect of 
pension financing. 

In the current year, an adjustment has been 
made to adjusted earnings per share to exclude 
the effect of the Rights Issue during the year.  
This is a non-GAAP measure and is reported in 
order to show a meaningful metric for adjusted 
earnings per share that is comparable to the prior 
year. The denominator for continuing adjusted 
earnings per share has been calculated by 
excluding the effects of the Rights Issue and 
related bonus issue on the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year and 
the prior year. Continuing adjusted earnings per 
share excluding the effect of the Rights Issue 
of 13.9p increased by 20.9% in FY11. 

Adjusted EPS (pence)

2011

2010

+20.9%

13.9

11.5

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 201116

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

Focused on Quality, Innovation  
and Efficiency

Quality

We operate to the highest 
technical standards across  
all of our facilities, producing 
award winning, great tasting 
products that are valued by  
our customers and consumers.

To read more about our high technical standards  
and awards and recognition go to pages 26 to 31.

Spotlight on:
Premium  
Desserts
Greencore is a leading 
manufacturer of premium 
desserts in the UK.

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

17

Convenience Foods Revenue 1 (£m)

+8.0%

2011

2010

732.2

678.1

#1

#2

#3

Grocery
Return to Growth
Our Grocery business comprises ambient cooking 
sauces, pickles and table sauces. The business 
returned to growth in FY11 having undertaken  
a significant SKU rationalisation programme  
in FY10 to eliminate non-economic product lines, 
in particular refocusing our contract packing 
business. Greencore has a leading market 
position in the UK private label cooking sauces 
market. Despite intense competition from 
branded ambient cooking sauces, the own label 
market grew by 3.7% in value terms. Greencore 
Grocery delivered growth significantly ahead of 
the market through a combination of growth on 
existing contracts and new business wins. The 
business also captured further business in table 
sauces. The combination of a focus on fewer 
SKUs and investments to improve automation 
and efficiency and staying very close to our 
customers, has delivered a material 
improvement in business performance. 

Cakes and Desserts
Difficult Market Conditions
The Cakes and Desserts business experienced  
a difficult year. The category has experienced  
a significantly higher level of inflation than our 
other category businesses. This factor, coupled 
with excess industry capacity and a flat cakes 
market †, led to declining returns. Against this 
backdrop, the business delivered modest revenue 
growth in the year improving distribution with 
several of our major retail partners. 

Chilled Sauces and Soups
10% Market Growth
We have significant positions in the manufacture 
of chilled sauces and chilled soup. The chilled 
soup market continued to exhibit strong growth 
in FY11 with value growth of 10% †. Our business 
improved its share by expanding its business with 
existing customers and gaining new lines during 
the year. We added further capacity to enable us 
to meet demand in this seasonal category. The 
chilled sauce market grew by over 7% † although 
Italian sauces lagged the market at +3% † resulting 
in a slight underperformance of market growth  
in our business. 

Business Review
Operating Review

Convenience Foods

The Convenience Foods division delivered a good 
performance in some of the most challenging 
market conditions in many years with revenue1 
growth of 8.0% and growth in operating profit1,2 
of 5.3% leading to an operating margin1,2 of  
6.7%. Excluding the impact of the 53rd week  
and the acquisition of On a Roll Sales, revenue1,3 
was ahead by 3.4%. The UK retail market has 
experienced a difficult year with volume declines 
for the first time in many years. Real disposable 
incomes have declined; pronounced input cost 
inflation coupled with tax rises and growing 
unemployment have held back consumption. 

Against this background, the Group has 
continued to grow revenues through its exposure 
to faster growing categories, through meeting 
consumer and customer needs and through new 
business gains. The UK business experienced 
input cost inflation of 4% and this was 
successfully mitigated through internal efficiency 
programmes, product reconfiguration and 
selective price increases. 

The division was strengthened in both the US and 
the UK. In December 2010, the Group completed 
the acquisition of On a Roll Sales, a Brockton, MA 
based business, predominantly manufacturing 
and distributing a Food to Go offer for the 
convenience channel. The business has profitably 
grown revenues at over 20% since acquisition.  
In July 2011, the Group announced the 
acquisition of Uniq plc in the UK. The acquisition 
was completed in late September 2011. 

Food to Go
9% Revenue Growth
Food to Go is our largest business comprising  
fresh sandwiches, salads and sushi. The sandwich 
market grew by 1%** in FY11 with consumers 
seeking value through competitively priced lines 
and ‘extra free’ offers. In this context, our Food  
to Go business grew revenues by 9% overall and 
we grew our market share with both existing and 
new customers, successfully adding a new major 
retail customer. New product development (NPD) 
continues to be a feature of the market, both in 
product and packaging, with further conversion  
to cardboard skillets. 

Prepared Meals
10% CRM Market Growth
Our Prepared Meals business comprises two  
core categories, chilled ready meals (CRM) and 
quiche. The business recorded double-digit 
revenue growth, ahead of both the CRM and 
quiche categories, through growth with existing 
customers and the annualisation of business 
gained during FY10, supported by significant 
innovation. The CRM market again grew strongly 
(+10.1%) and is now worth over £1.6 billion at 
retail †. This market growth has been supported 
by both increased purchase frequency and 
increased spend per trip with increased multibuy 
activities in most retailers. The quiche market 
declined by 2.7% † in value terms, in part 
influenced by a cool summer. 

Convenience Foods delivered a good 
performance in some of the most challenging 
market conditions in many years with revenue1 
growth of 8.0% and growth in operating profit1,2 
of 5.3%.

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

18
Business Review
Operating Review
(continued)

Frozen Foods
Service Levels Recovered
Our frozen Yorkshire Pudding business had  
a challenging year as we upgraded the ovens  
at the Leeds manufacturing facility following  
the fire in March 2010. While the frozen Yorkshire 
Pudding category experienced modest growth  
in FY11 †, our business experienced a decline as we 
looked to rebuild our position following service 
issues related to the fire. Our service levels have 
now recovered and in addition to the investment 
in new ovens, we have expanded our storage 
capacity to enable us to support customers 
during peak periods.

Foodservice Desserts  
– Ministry of Cake
20% Market Share
We are the market leader in foodservice desserts 
in the UK with a market share estimated at 20%. 
The business had a solid year exhibiting modest 
growth. The business supplies the top selling 
dessert lines to many of the UK’s pub chains and 
wholesalers and adding business in Continental 
Europe with a UK-based coffee chain.

Convenience Foods  
Operating Profit 1,2 (£m)

2011

2010

+5.3%

Convenience Foods  
Operating Margin 1,2

2011

2010

-20bps

49.3

46.8

6.7%

6.9%

US Convenience Foods
Acquisition of On A Roll
Our US business has continued to develop during 
FY11. In December 2010, we completed the 
acquisition of On a Roll Sales, based to the south 
of Boston in Brockton, MA. The business has 
considerably strengthened our regional Food  
to Go market position, particularly in the 
convenience channel. Food to Go now accounts 
for over half of our US revenue. Our grocery 
channel business had a mixed year. We gained 
listings for WeightWatchers ready meals in over 
500 Walmart stores but experienced declines in 
deli salads with some customer losses and lower 
demand during the peak summer season. Input 
cost inflation was broadly recovered through 
pricing. We completed the re-fit investment  
at the Newburyport facility and improved our 
manufacturing and technical processes. 

Ingredients & Property
Less than 10% of Group Activity 
The Ingredients & Property segment represented 
less than 10% of overall Group revenue in FY11 
and will represent a smaller proportion following 
the acquisition of Uniq plc. 

The edible oils and molasses businesses traded 
well in FY11 and maintained returns in a high 
inflationary environment. Year on year operating 
profit delivery was impacted by lower property 
trading profits. Remediation was completed at 
the Mallow site and work continues in line with 
our obligations at Carlow. 

Subsequent to year end, outline planning 
permission was obtained for mixed use 
development at the Littlehampton site.

Ingredients & Property Revenue1 (£m)

2011

2010

+16.6%

72.0

61.8

Ingredients & Property  
Operating Profit 1,2 (£m)

2011

2.2

2010

4.8

-53.8%

Ingredients & Property  
Operating Margin 1,2 (£m)

2011

3.1%

2010

7.8%

-470bps

1   Continuing operations comparisons exclude activities disposed of during FY10 (Malt in the Ingredients  
& Property division and Water and the Continental businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
2   Operating profit and margin are stated before exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
3   Excluding the impact of the 53rd week and the acquisition of On a Roll Sales.

**  References to market share, category growth and market size are based on Nielsen data for the 52 weeks  

to 1 October 2011 and Greencore retail sales figures.

 †   References to market share, category growth and market size in the Operating Review are based on  

Kantar data for the 52 weeks to 2 October 2011.

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

19

Focused on Quality, Innovation  
and Efficiency

Innovation

Consumer understanding  
and a passion for good food  
are what we are about. 

We have a team of highly skilled chefs and product 
developers who monitor global food trends to ensure  
that our products continually meet and exceed the  
needs of our consumers.

S p o t l i g h t   o n :
S u s h i
l e a d i n g  
i s   a  
G r e e n c o r e  
m a n u f a c t u r e r   d r i v i n g  
i n   t h e   p r e - p a c k e d  
i n n o v a t i o n  
  m a r k e t .
s u s h i

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

20
Business Review
Financial Review
Alan Williams

The Group delivered a good performance 
overall, growing revenues1 by 8.7%, 
maintaining operating profit1,2 in a 
difficult environment and growing 
continuing adjusted EPS3,4 by 20.9% 
from 11.5 pence to 13.9 pence. 

Overview 

Group revenue from continuing operations1  
was £804.2 million, an increase of 8.7%. 
Excluding the impact of the 53rd week and the 
acquisition of On a Roll Sales, revenue was ahead 
by 4.3%. Group operating profit from continuing 
operations1,2 was £51.5 million, in line with FY10.  
The Group operating margin on continuing 
operations1,2 was 6.4% compared to 7.0% in FY10. 
Group operating profit for the year was £24.6 
million (FY10: £49.6 million). Profit for the financial 
period was £19.9 million (FY10: £30.2 million). 

Interest Payable

The Group’s bank interest payable in FY11 was 
£16.9 million, a £5.0 million reduction on the FY10 
charge of £21.9 million. The composition of the 
charge in FY11 was interest payable of £13.7 
million, commitment fees for undrawn facilities of 
£1.1 million and an amortisation charge in respect 
of facility arrangement fees of £2.1 million. 

Non-Cash Finance Charges

The Group’s net non-cash finance credit in FY11 
was £3.0 million (£1.8 million charge in FY10).  
The change in the fair value of derivatives and 
related debt adjustments was a non-cash credit 
of £3.2 million in FY11 (£3.2 million charge in 
FY10) reflecting the impact of marking to market 
the Group’s fixed interest rate swaps. The 
non-cash pension financing charge of £1.8 
million was greater than the charge in FY10 of 
£0.2 million reflecting a reduction in interest  
rates and the lower expected returns on pension 
assets. The credit in respect of the increase in the 
present value of assets and liabilities held was 
£0.2 million (FY10: charge £0.1 million).

Taxation

The Group’s effective tax rate in FY11 was 13% 
including the tax impact associated with pension 
finance items, which is lower than the full year 
effective tax percentage of 17% in FY10. During 
the year, the Group resolved a number of 
outstanding tax positions which led to a one-off 
exceptional credit to the Income Statement 
amounting to £11.7 million. This has also resulted 
in a reduction in the effective tax rate for the year. 

Effective Tax Rate

13%
-4ppts

The Group completed the refinancing of the 
primary bank facility of £280 million for a five 
year term at competitive rates. The average 
debt maturity of the Group at 30 September 
2011 was 4.3 years compared to 2.0 years  
at 24 September 2010.

Operating Profit1,2 by Division (£m)

Exceptional Items

Convenience Foods

2011

2010

49.3

46.8

Ingredients and Property

2011

2.2

2010

4.8

Total (continuing)

2011

2010

Bank Interest Payable (£m) 

2011

2010

16.9

51.5

51.6

21.9

Adjusted EPS3,4

2011

2010

+20.9%

13.9

11.5

An exceptional charge of £11.7 million was 
recorded in FY11 as set out below: 
-  a charge of £19.4 million was recorded in 

relation to acquisition activity during the year. 
Of this amount, £12.3 million related to the 
proposed merger of equals with Northern 
Foods to create Essenta Foods and the 
subsequent assessment of an acquisition of 
Northern Foods, together with modest costs 
associated with the assessment of another 
proposed transaction with which the Directors 
ultimately decided not to proceed. £6.6 million 
of transaction costs were incurred in relation to 
the acquisition of Uniq plc and costs incurred 
on the acquisition of On a Roll Sales amounted 
to £0.4 million;

-  a charge of £3.6 million in relation to 

settlement of an outstanding claim relating 
to former activities of the Group;

-  a charge of £1.3 million on a restructuring 

programme to improve long-term operating 
performance; and

-  a credit of £11.7 million relating to the 

resolution of a number of outstanding tax 
positions and a tax credit of £0.9 million  
on exceptional charges.

Earnings per Share

Continuing adjusted earnings per share3,4 for FY11 
were 13.9 pence compared to 11.5 pence in FY10. 
This is based on a weighted average number of 
ordinary shares for the year (prior to the impact 
of the Rights Issue in late August) of 206.8 million 
(FY10 204.5 million). Including the impact of the 
Rights Issue and the related bonus issue, the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares  
for the year was 273.9 million and continuing 
adjusted earnings per share3 were 10.5 pence. 
Basic earnings per share for the year was 7.0 
pence (FY10: 11.4 pence).

Capital Structure

The Group employs a combination of debt and 
equity to fund its operations. At the end of FY11, 
the total capital employed in the Group was 
£405.3 million (FY10: £361.0 million). Capital 
employed is defined as the sum of the book 
value of shareholders’ equity plus net debt but 
excluding investment property and pension 
scheme assets or deficits. 

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

21

#1

#2

#3

During FY11, the Group raised £68.9 million net  
of associated fees by way of a Rights Issue, by 
issuing five new shares for every six shares held. 
The proceeds were applied as partial funding of 
the acquisition of Uniq plc, paid during early 
October 2011. The combination of new equity 
and debt raised to fund the acquisition of Uniq plc 
was designed to maintain internally prescribed 
Group net debt to EBITDA targets both on 
acquisition and within 18 months of acquisition. 

Net Debt

As at 30 September 2011, the Group’s net  
debt was £139.8 million. Adjusting for the  
Rights Issue proceeds included within cash  
and cash equivalents at year end and Uniq  
net debt assumed on acquisition, net debt  
was £201.3 million.

The Group significantly extended the maturity 
profile of its debt in FY11 by securing two new 
facilities: a five year £280 million Revolving Credit 
Facility in May 2011 and a five year £60 million 
bilateral bank facility in September 2011.  
In October 2010, $55 million of matured Private 
Placement notes were repaid. At the end of  
FY11, the weighted average maturity of available 
committed debt facilities of £443 million was  
4.3 years, increased from 2.0 years at the end  
of FY10.

Average net debt, as is customary and having 
regard to the seasonal profile of our business and 
our customers’ and suppliers’ working capital 
profile, is estimated to have been approximately 
£65 million higher than net debt at the end of the 
financial year which is a seasonal low point.

1   Continuing operations comparisons exclude activities 
disposed of during FY10 (Malt in the Ingredients  
& Property division and Water and the Continental 
businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
2   Operating profit and margin are stated before 

exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
3   Adjusted earnings are stated before exceptional items, 
pension finance items, acquisition related amortisation, 
FX on inter-company and certain external balances and 
the movement in the fair value of all derivative financial 
instruments and related debt adjustments.

4   Non-GAAP measure, excluding the effect of the Rights 

Issue on average shares in issue.

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

22
Business Review
Financial Review
(continued)

Net Debt (£m)

Pensions

Cash Flow

The net pension deficit (before related deferred 
tax) increased to £130.2 million at 30 September  
2011 from a net pension deficit of £100.5 million  
at 24 September 2010. The net pension deficit  
was £105.7 million after related deferred tax at  
30 September 2011 (from a deficit of £77.0 million 
after related deferred tax at 24 September 2010). 

A net cash inflow from operating activities  
(prior to exceptional items) of £58.3 million was 
recorded compared to £83.8 million in FY10. 
Capital expenditure of £23.0 million was incurred 
in the year. Interest costs of £19.9 million were 
paid in the year with dividends to equity holders 
of £10.8 million. 

The fair value of total plan assets relating to  
the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes 
(excluding associates) decreased to £314.7 million 
at 30 September 2011 from £323.5 million at  
24 September 2010. The present value of the total 
pension liabilities for these schemes increased  
to £444.9 million from £424.0 million over the 
same period. 

A net pension deficit of £2.4 million relating to 
benefit obligations of Uniq was recognised on 
acquisition and is included within the 
movements described above.

All defined benefit pension scheme plans are 
closed to future accrual and the Group’s pension 
policy with effect from 1 January 2010 is that 
future service for current employees and new 
entrants is provided under defined contribution 
pension arrangements.

Financial Control and Risk

The Group has a broad set of financial control 
procedures, performance measures and 
monitoring controls to maintain a strong control 
environment. A Risk Management Group (RMG) 
which reports to the Audit Committee exists to 
identify and monitor the key risks the Group faces 
and to ensure effective risk mitigation strategies 
are in place. 

On an ongoing basis, the Group’s financial control 
environment is subjected to continual review by 
the Group’s finance function with a particular 
focus on finance talent to ensure the Group’s 
financial control environment is maintained. 
Additionally, individual businesses are measured 
against each other internally and there is 
continual measuring of all key controls.

Alan Williams
Chief Financial Officer
5 December 2011

2011

139.8

Rights Issue Proceeds 
and Uniq Net Debt

Excluding Rights Issue  
Proceeds & Uniq Net Debt

2010

164.1

(61.5)

201.3

Borrowings Profile (£m)

5

5

43

60

280

50

September 2012

September 2013

October 2013

October 2015

May 2016

September 2016

Amount to mature

Defined Benefit Pension Liability (£m)

Liabilities

Assets

2011

(444.9)

2010

(424.0)

314.7

2011

323.5

2010

Net liabilities

2011

(130.2)

2010

(100.5)

Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

23

Focused on Quality, Innovation  
and Efficiency

Efficiency

We set high standards to 
ensure that we continue  
to stand out in the highly 
competitive markets in  
which we operate.

Our world class lean manufacturing capabilities  
are embedded in our DNA, to ensure that efficiency,  
without compromise on quality, is at the forefront  
of everything we do.

S p o t l i g h t   o n :
L a s a g n e
l e a d i n g  
W e   a r e   t h e  
m a n u f a c t u r e r   o f   I t a l
l e d   p r e p a r e d   m e a l s  
i n   t h e   U K .

i a n  

c h i

l

#1#2#3 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

24
Business Review
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Risks

Description of Risks

Measures to Reduce Risks

Strategic Risks
Competitor Activity 

Expansion

Commercial Risks
Changes in Consumer  
Behaviour and Demand 

Loss of Key Customer Relationships 

The Group operates in highly competitive 
markets, particularly within the Convenience 
Foods division. Significant product innovations, 
technical advances or the intensification of 
price competition could adversely affect the 
Group’s results. 

In order for the Group to continue its strategy 
of expansion, it is necessary that it identifies 
and pursues suitable acquisition targets or 
greenfield development sites and integrates  
these successfully into the Group’s existing 
operations in an efficient and sustainable 
manner.

The Group invests in research and 
development and ensures that the 
introduction of both new products and 
improved production processes places the 
Group at the forefront of its chosen markets. 
The Group also continually works to streamline 
its cost base to ensure it remains competitive.

Senior Group Management engage in a robust, 
formal and thorough process for identifying, 
measuring and deciding on the suitability  
of potential acquisitions or ‘greenfield’ 
development sites. Post acquisition, an 
integration team reporting to Senior Group 
Management and the Board is established  
to ensure a successful integration.

In common with other food industry 
manufacturers, unforeseen changes in food 
consumption patterns and/or amendments  
to government legislation regarding the 
composition of food products may impact  
the Group. In addition, demand for a number  
of the Group’s products can be adversely 
affected by the global economic recession. 

The Group benefits from close commercial 
relationships with a number of key customers. 
The loss of any of these key customers, or a 
significant worsening in commercial terms, 
could result in a material impact on the  
Group’s results. 

The Group works closely with its customers  
to adapt to changing consumer trends and 
invests in innovation and new product 
development to ensure regulatory, customer 
and consumer requirements are addressed. 

The Group invests significant resources to 
maintain deep, multi-level relationships which 
drive value and minimise risk for both itself  
and its key customers. The Group continues  
to focus on customers outside the grocery 
multiple retail channel and the exploration of 
other geographic markets such as in the US 
where the Group has continued to expand  
its service offering during the year.

The Group maintains a strong commercial focus 
on purchasing, process and cost improvement 
to manage and mitigate these risks. In addition, 
the Group adopts strategies that diversify  
risk, thereby improving the positioning of its 
businesses and the defensibility of its margins.

Commodity Price/Input Cost Fluctuations 

The Group’s cost base can be affected by 
fluctuating raw material and energy prices. 

Operational Risks
Food Safety, Environmental  
and Health and Safety 

As a producer of convenience foods and 
ingredients, Greencore is subject to general 
market related risks, including product 
contamination and general food scares.  
In addition, Greencore is subject to rigorous 
and constantly evolving regulations and 
legislation in the areas of environmental 
protection and employee health and safety.

The Group maintains a strong technical function 
which sets high standards for hygiene, health 
and safety systems and environmental controls. 
The Group also regularly audits supplier facilities 
to ensure both product traceability and 
compliance with Group standards. In addition, 
Greencore closely monitors emerging issues in 
an ever-changing regulatory environment to 
address increasing compliance requirements, 
particularly in the areas of health and safety, 
emissions and effluent control.

25

Risks

Description of Risks

Measures to Reduce Risks

Operational Risks (continued)
Loss of Manufacturing Capability 

The loss of a significant manufacturing/
operational site through fire, natural 
catastrophe, act of vandalism or critical  
plant failure could potentially have a  
material impact on the Group. 

The Group mitigates these risks through robust 
security and comprehensive operational 
disaster recovery plans. In addition, the Group 
undertakes regular reviews of all sites with 
external insurance and risk management 
experts, with these reviews being aimed  
at improving the Group’s risk profile. 

Loss of Key Personnel 

The ongoing success of the Group is dependent 
on attracting and retaining high quality senior 
management and staff who have the ability to 
effectively manage the Group’s operations in a 
period of economic stability and in a downturn. 

The Group mitigates the risk associated  
with loss of key personnel through robust 
succession planning, strong recruitment 
processes, long-term management incentives 
and retention initiatives.

Financial Risks
Interest Rates, Foreign Exchange Rates, 
Liquidity and Credit 

Employee Retirement Obligations 

Other
Property Development 

In the multi-currency and multi-national 
trading environment in which the Group 
operates, there are inherent risks associated 
with fluctuations in both foreign exchange 
rates and interest rates. In addition, in the 
current economic climate, the Group’s credit 
rating and its related ability to obtain funding 
for future development and expansion are 
specific risks. 

The Group’s defined benefit pension funds  
are exposed to the risk of changes in interest 
rates and the market values of investments, 
as well as inflation and the increasing 
longevity of scheme members. The recent 
volatility in world-wide equity markets has 
brought the risk of employee retirement 
obligations to the fore. 

The risks are actively managed by the Group’s 
Treasury Department. The Treasury function 
operates within the framework of strict 
Board-approved policies and procedures  
which are explained further in Note 22 to  
the Group Financial Statements.

These risks are mitigated by paying appropriate 
contributions into the funds and through 
balanced investment strategies which are 
designed to avoid a material worsening of  
the current surplus or deficit in each fund.  
In addition, the Group has closed all defined 
benefit pension schemes to future accrual.  
The assumptions used in calculating the funding 
position of the pension funds are shown in detail 
in Note 27 to the Group Financial Statements.

The Group has a considerable land-bank for 
future development. The value of this holding 
is directly related to the macro-economic 
environment in Ireland and the UK, the 
successful environmental clean-up of the 
brownfield sugar factory sites and the nature 
and timing of any zoning and subsequent 
planning permission obtained.

The Group manages these opportunities  
and the related risks through a clear property 
development strategy, the centralisation  
of all property development related issues 
under the Chief Financial Officer, the 
employment of property specialists with 
significant industry experience, detailed 
site-specific plans and regular engagement 
with the Board.

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

26
Business Review
Corporate Responsibility Review

We’re fully 
committed

Greencore is fully committed to maintaining good 
corporate responsibility. It has a duty to conform to 
the laws and regulations in the jurisdiction which it 
operates and it takes this duty seriously. Greencore 
treats its colleagues fairly and takes measures to 
protect the health and well-being of its colleagues, 
consumers and the communities in which it operates.

C R   S t r a t e g y :

F o u r   A r e a s   
o f   F o c u s
E a c h   u n d e r p i n n e d   b y  
o u r   c u l t u r e   a n d   v a l u e s .

The following review covers:

#1: 
Workplace*

#2: 
Environment

#3: 
Marketplace

#4: 
Communities

–  Environmental 
Management

–  Carbon Footprint
–  Waste & Recycling
–  Water & Effluent

–  Food Safety
–  Health & Nutrition
–  Ethical Management

–  Caravan
–  Young Enterprise
–  FareShare
–  Comic Relief

–  PRIDE
–  Learning & 

Development Strategy

–  Lean Greencore  

Leadership Academy

–  Health & Safety 

Excellence

*  includes People and  
Health & Safety

Our values
Greencore conducts its business in a manner that is in line with its culture and values, which are centred  
on the following overriding principles: ‘People Matter’, ‘Responsibility Matters’, ‘Performance Matters’ and  
‘A Passion About What We Do’. To read more about these values please see page 28.

 
 
 
 
 
 
27

The health, safety and well-being of our people  
and visitors to our facilities continues to be of  
the utmost importance to Greencore. 

Workplace
PRIDE

PRIDE is Greencore’s model for managing 
performance amongst its people at all levels  
in the organisation. It is used to set and  
monitor individual objectives and shape  
personal development plans. In the past year  
an electronic version of this system ‘ePRIDE’  
has been launched across the management 
teams within the Group, in addition to the 
manual version of PRIDE, which has been 
cascaded to the hourly paid workforce. A key 
element of ePRIDE is the 360 degree feedback 
model, which maps the individual’s progress 
against the Greencore values and can be used  
to identify areas where colleagues perform 
particularly well as well as highlighting future 
development opportunities. Consistent with our 
high performance culture PRIDE was amended 
this year to ensure that all staff received clear, 
explicit feedback on their performance. In 
addition, changes to PRIDE will ensure that all 
staff have an explicit Learning & Development 
Plan which will feed into the Greencore talent 
management process and agenda future-
proofing the development of the Group’s human 
capital and capability. Over 1,100 salaried staff 
participated in our ePRIDE process in 2011 and 
PRIDE has also been selectively introduced to  
our hourly paid colleagues.

Learning & Development Strategy

Greencore has a dedicated Group Learning  
& Development (L&D) Manager, who works  
with the individual sites across the Group to 
ensure that the right development opportunities 
are available to develop the whole work force,  
from line operator right through to the senior 
management levels in the organisation.  
These L&D processes are laid out in our G.O.L.D. 
Map (Greencore Organisational Learning & 
Development). Everyone who joins Greencore 
participates in a Group induction programme. 
This programme ensures that all new starters 
understand what is required to be successful  
at Greencore and know their obligations with 
regards to Health & Safety and Food Hygiene. 
Language training can be provided for those that 
do not have English as a first language and, 
where appropriate, additional support is provided 
in the form of translated documentation and 
signage within the workplace. Greencore provides 
NVQ training to its staff and in the past year has 
also started piloting the new competence-based 
QCF qualifications in food manufacturing 
excellence. Greencore has also launched a new 
employee satisfaction survey, which was 
piloted in the Prepared Meals category in 2011. 
This survey will be rolled out across the rest of the 
organisation in 2012.

Above:  
Greencore’s SHE Manager  
Tom Chambers (second from left)  
with other members of the IOSH 
Shadowing Scheme working group.

Right:  
Learning & Development Managers 
Richard Everitt and Dan Clark.

Lean Greencore  
Leadership Academy

The Lean Greencore Leadership Academy 
provides a holistic approach to building effective 
leadership skills and food manufacturing 
capability in our people. Launched in 2006,  
the programme is now in its sixth year. It uses 
recognised world class lean manufacturing 
methods and standards. An Advanced Lean 
Programme was launched last year, which 
moved the programme beyond manufacturing 
and into other areas, including engineering and 
environment. Through our specially designed 
Dynamic Dashboard we are able to track and 
monitor progress as we continue to drive this 
programme through the business.

Health & Safety Excellence

The health, safety and well-being of our people 
and visitors to our facilities continues to be of  
the utmost importance to Greencore. During  
the coming financial year Greencore and other 
UK businesses will witness major changes in the 
administration of health and safety. We believe 
that the investment that we have made year  
on year and are continuing to make will help  
us meet these opportunities. An example of  
this being that seven of our sites are now certified 
to the internationally recognised OHSAS 18001 
standard.

Greencore has made additional resources 
available for the further development in  
our system of behavioural safety. We have 
developed, in partnership with a third party 
software provider, a system for behavioural safety 
observation in the workplace which has been 
rolled out across the Group. We are also piloting  
an in house system for the measurement of our 
safety culture. This has been designed to add to 
our suite of Health & Safety Key Performance 
Indicators and will be utilised to measure our 
employees opinion of the effectiveness of our 
safety systems. The results of which will be widely 
available via the Greencore Dynamic Dashboard,  
a system that gives visibility of our health and 
safety performance across the business.

We have recently approved investment for a 
system of contractor management supporting 
permits to work, recording the availability of  
risk assessments and contractor insurance.  
The system is now being implemented. It will 
maintain records indefinitely and also provides 
for a central overview for auditing purposes.

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

28
Business Review
Corporate Responsibility Review
(continued)

Last year we reported that Tom Chambers  
had been appointed to the Council of the 
Institution of Occupational Safety & Health  
for a three year term. In agreement with 
Greencore, Tom developed the IOSH Shadowing 
Scheme, the purpose of which is to give newly 
qualified graduates who are unemployed the 
opportunity of increasing their employment 
opportunities by gaining valuable experience 
from Health & Safety Practitioners. Greencore 
has supported this valuable initiative with a pilot 
scheme of three places, one of whom has gone 
on to full-time employment within the Group. 
The pilot has been so successful that IOSH 
launched the full scheme with a media 
campaign across the manufacturing sector at 
the National Food & Drinks Health and Safety 
Conference in October 2011. 

Greencore’s own graduate entry programme 
continues to flourish with one manager being 
granted Chartered Membership of the Society 
for the Environment after graduating with  
a MSc from University of Portsmouth.  
Other colleagues are nearing the end of the 
process toward Chartered Membership of the 
Institution of Occupational Safety & Health.  
We continued to deliver in-house training in 
conjunction with our insurers to a broad audience 
and have recently completed machinery safety 
seminars to our engineering teams. 

Greencore continues to contribute in the 
development of UK health and safety policy  
by participating in the Health & Safety Food 
Manufacturing Forum and by providing a 
speaker at the 2011 National Health and Safety 
Food Manufacturing Conference in October. 

For the third year running Greencore has recorded 
a fall in reportable accidents. The FY11 figures 
show a decline of 16% compared to the previous 
year, with the actual number of reportable 
accidents sitting well within our stringent target.

Our values

All the right  
ingredients...

Greencore conducts its business in a manner that is  
in line with its culture and values, which are centred  
on the following overriding principles:

#1: 
Performance
 • We expect and reward results.
 • We never accept the status quo and  
we continuously seek a better way.
 We always do what we say we will do.
 We set, measure and monitor highly 
ambitious targets.
 We maintain the highest manufacturing/
technical standards.

 •
 •

 •

 • We adhere to a strict financial rigour.

#3: 
Passion
 • We maintain the highest levels of  

 •

customer-focused service.
 The quality of our products is the best  
in the industry.
 We have fun and enjoy the work we do.

 •
 • We are passionate about good food.

#2: 
People
 • We believe that people make the  

 •

 •

difference.
 We treat one another with respect and 
dignity. Individuals at all levels of the 
business feel valued and valuable.
 We provide ample opportunities for 
professional growth and development.

#4: 
Responsibility
 • We leave responsibility with the people 

 •

 •

at the level where it can be best exercised.
 We treat Greencore’s resources (i.e. money/
time/reputation) as if they were our own.
 We maintain the highest levels of ethics  
and integrity.

29

We actively encourage source segregation  
of waste to facilitate the reuse and recycling  
of materials. 

Environment
Environmental Management

Greencore is committed to growing its business  
in an environmentally responsible and sustainable 
manner.

The Lean Environment programme was rolled 
out to a further four sites during the year, and 
continued to identify a range of opportunities  
for reducing the environmental impact of the 
business, whilst engaging with colleagues at  
all levels. This year also saw us develop and 
launch an innovative environmental training 
game as a novel and additional means of raising 
environmental awareness across the Group.

Our Group Environmental Manager has been 
appointed as chair of the Chilled Food Association 
Sustainable Development Working Group, and 
has been closely involved with the IGD working 
group on the development of an environmental 
sustainability matrix tool that was launched in 
October 2011.

Carbon Footprint

In 2011 we again responded to the Carbon 
Disclosure Project, and will continue to work  
on improving our carbon reporting, and more 
importantly working to reduce our carbon 
footprint. A number of energy and carbon 
reduction projects were completed across  
our business, including a positive trial on the  
use of induction lighting that is planned to be 
rolled out to a number of sites in 2011/12.

Details of our carbon footprint are shown on the 
right. This is produced following the guidelines 
and principles of the WBCSD/WRI Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol, and covers our scope 1 & 2 
emissions, incorporating fossil fuels, transport 
fuel, refrigerants and electricity related data. 

During the year we successfully retained our 
Climate Change Levy discount at all participating 
sites, and registered for the Carbon Reduction 
Commitment (CRC) scheme, confirming an 
exemption for all sites.

As part of our ongoing commitment to reducing 
our own carbon emissions and improving energy 
efficiency, our Grocery site in Selby and Prepared 
Meals site at Kiveton have been particularly 
active in driving a number of improvement 
projects through their ‘energy roadmaps’.  
These have contributed to an overall reduction  
in total energy consumption per tonne of product 
of 1.5% this year and 7.8% over the last four 
years (for UK manufacturing sites).

Waste & Recycling

Other Areas

Our continued focus on the application of the 
waste hierarchy has enabled us to deliver on our 
commitment of zero waste direct to landfill from 
Greencore UK manufacturing sites by mid-2011, 
18 months ahead of our original target. We will 
however continue in our efforts on waste to 
further reduce at source, and to maximise the 
recovery and recycling of unavoidable wastes 
that are produced, within the enlarged Greencore 
Group following the acquisition of Uniq.

The chart on the right shows our progress in 
reducing the environmental impact of our waste 
by diverting from landfill to alternative facilities 
further up the waste hierarchy.

We have continued to work closely with our 
customers and WRAP under the banner of the 
Courtauld Commitment, in order to assess and 
reduce the environmental impact of our products 
and packaging.

Water & Effluent

As part of a greater focus on water conservation 
during the year we undertook a joint project  
with the Food Standards Agency under their 
interchange programme. Two FSA employees 
worked closely with Greencore colleagues at  
two of our sites to map water consumption 
across the facility and to highlight opportunities 
for improvement. The initial scoping exercise 
identified some significant opportunities for 
improvement, with the potential to reduce  
water consumption by 14% at one site and  
9% at the other.

Our Chilled Sauces and Soups business at Bristol  
is also involved in a Defra funded pilot project  
in partnership with the University of Bristol,  
and two other food manufacturers to evaluate 
the potential benefits of ice pigging for improving 
product recovery from pipelines, and reducing 
water consumption in cleaning operations.  
Initial trials look promising, with a plan for  
a more detailed evaluation during 2011/12. 
Alongside this the site has also been working  
on a number of water efficiency measures that 
has delivered around 15% reduction in water  
use per tonne of product in the last year.

These projects all contribute to our overall 
improvements in water efficiency, delivering 
18.1% improvement in relative water consumption 
over the last four years (from UK manufacturing 
sites), as shown on the chart on the right.

During 2010/11 we made a significant investment 
to install a chemical scrubber system which has 
virtually eliminated odours from our Prepared 
Meals facility at Warrington.

Greencore Group Carbon Footprint 2010/11
117,388 tonnes CO2e (Scope 1 & 2 emissions)

Fossil Fuels

Electricity

Transport

Refrigerants

Greencore Group  
Waste Disposal 2007/8 to 2010/11
UK Manufacturing Sites

Waste disposal to landfill (% of total waste)

2010/11

9.3%

2009/10

34.7%

2008/9

2007/8

44.8%

63.7%

Greencore Group  
Water Consumption 2007/8 to 2010/11
UK Manufacturing Sites
Total water consumption per tonne of product
(m3/tonne)

2010/11

2009/10

2008/9

2007/8

7.05

7.41

8.15

8.61

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

30
Business Review
Corporate Responsibility Review
(continued)

Marketplace
Food Safety

Food safety continues to be of utmost importance 
to Greencore and for this reason we continue to 
invest in our people and facilities to ensure the 
highest standards are maintained as we aim to  
be industry leading in this area. 

Greencore has dedicated technical experts  
at all of its manufacturing facilities, who report  
to the site management teams as well as the 
Group Technical Director. The Group technical 
team has undertaken a number of training  
and development courses and conferences 
throughout the year. These courses range from 
externally delivered certificated courses, such as 
HACCP level 4, and internal courses on nutrition, 
internal auditing and microbiology. In 2011, 406 
people were trained on Greencore technical 
courses. Greencore continues to work with its 
customers developing and piloting new food 
manufacturing audit processes meeting the 
highest standards. 

In the past year a large number of internal and 
external audits took place:

Internal Audits 
External Audits 
Customer Taste Panels 
Internal Taste Panels 
Supplier Audits 

9,776
97
375
33,035
202

All of the Greencore facilities in the UK retained 
their British Retail Consortium (BRC) Grade ‘A’ 
accreditation. In November 2011 our US facility  
in Newburyport also achieved a BRC Grade ‘A’ 
accreditation.

Greencore Technical Controller, Martin Ford, 
currently serves as Chairman of the Chilled  
Food Association’s Technical Committee. 

Picture: 

The winners of the Chairman’s Food 
First Category Award from Greencore 
Chilled Sauces & Soups and Greencore 
Frozen Foods, together with Group 
CEO, Patrick Coveney and UK CEO  
Di Walker.

Greencore is also passionate about promoting 
the food industry to future employees and in 
particular highlighting opportunities in the 
industry to our future food technologists. 
Through our trade associations Greencore 
supports the sponsorship of school children  
at Nottingham Summer School and has  
worked with the Chilled Food Association on  
the development of their ‘Chilled Education 
Programme’ and a number of Greencore 
colleagues are looking to become Science, 
Technical, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) 
ambassadors delivering lessons in chilled food  
at schools. At the other end of the education 
spectrum the Greencore Group Technical  
Director is an advisory board member for  
Leeds University Food Science Department.

 •

 •

Greencore’s key activities and achievements  
in 2011 include:
 •

 A structured approach to measuring and 
reporting nutrition targets.
 Strong links with customer nutritionists in order 
to track and monitor and help deliver customer 
nutritional policies, activities and opportunities.
 Greencore has an ongoing commitment to 
improve the nutritional quality of our products, 
which includes:
 •

 Continued commitment in working 
towards FSA 2012 salt targets – 79%  
of Greencore products in the UK already 
meet these targets.
 No hydrogenated vegetable oils, 
industrially added trans fats or genetically 
modified organisms are used in UK 
Greencore retail products.

 •

Health & Nutrition

 • Ensuring that our people are informed and 

Greencore has a responsibility to ensure that  
it provides healthy food choices to its customers 
and colleagues. Health and nutrition is a key area 
of focus and Greencore employs a dedicated 
Group Nutritionist to work with its new product 
development (NPD) technologists and technical 
teams as well as our customers. The Group 
Nutritionist also works with external bodies  
such as the Chilled Foods Association, the 
Department of Health, the Food Standards 
Agency and the IGD (Institute of Grocers & 
Distributors) setting targets and working in cross 
company project teams to support, develop and 
drive new health initiatives and policies for the 
whole food industry in the UK. Examples of 
Greencore using its expertise to support the 
health agenda for the food industry includes 
Greencore participating as an active member  
of the IGD Industry Nutrition Strategy Group 
(INSG) and the Nutritionists in Industry (NII) 
group. Greencore participated in the working 
group which developed the widely reported  
IGD report on composite fruits and vegetables.

 •

trained in best practice:
 • Basic nutrition training programmes  
in place for Greencore employees.
 Driving and supporting the Group Food 
First programme, which promotes the 
good food culture at Greencore. Food First 
is widely supported by a large number of 
fund-raising and awareness raising events 
and activities at all Greencore sites. 
 • Greencore is a member of the East 

Midlands Platform on Food, Physical 
Activity and Health, which aims to tackle 
issues related to obesity in the region in 
support of the national Change4Life 
campaign.

Ethical Management

Sustainability, ethical sourcing and animal 
welfare are all important considerations, which 
are entering the mainstream of food retailing. 
Greencore is a long-standing member of SEDEX, 
an organisation which monitors both Greencore’s 
and its suppliers ethical performance. 

Greencore has its own ethical self audit for all of 
its sites and is subject to ethical audits conducted 
by our customers, who set high standards for 
Greencore to operate within. 

Greencore is a fully signed up member of the 
Round Table for Sustainable Palm Oil and  
has moved to fully sustainable palm oil at its 
Prepared Meals facility in Kiveton. 

All of the eggs used at Greencore’s UK facilities 
already meet the new 2012 EU Regulations 
which ban battery hen eggs.

Furthermore Greencore Food to Go has moved  
to sustainable pole and line caught tuna with 
selected customers.

31

Greencore is aware of the positive impact  
that it can have within the local communities  
in which its sites operate and actively 
encourages its people to engage in local 
community projects.

In June, Greencore signed the IGD Employability 
Pledge, which is a commitment by the food 
industry to provide high quality work experience 
and work opportunities. 

hostels, shelters and drop-in centres. Every pallet 
of surplus food can contribute up to 1,400 meals. 
Greencore intends to roll this activity out across 
more of its sites in 2012.

In addition Greencore invites local schools to visit 
its sites and organises food demonstrations to 
promote careers in the food industry.

FareShare

With an estimated four million people who can’t 
afford a healthy diet in the UK, Greencore’s 
partnership with FareShare helps provide meals 
for those in need. FareShare works with a number 
of food manufacturers and retailers in the UK 
collecting food that would otherwise have gone 
to waste, including landfill, and redistributing it to 
around 600 organisations in the UK, including 

Comic Relief

Seriously Good is a range of cooking sauces 
developed by celebrity chef, Gordon Ramsay  
and manufactured and sold by Greencore 
Grocery. For every jar sold at least 10p goes to 
charity and so far the range has generated in 
excess of £300,000 for Comic Relief – the funds 
are redistributed to support charitable causes 
internationally. A range of Italian cooking sauces 
was initially launched in 2009, with a selection of 
Indian sauces joining the range earlier this year. 
To mark the occasion and to raise awareness for 
the range Comic Relief organised a ‘Pop-Up Curry 
Stand’ on London’s Brick Lane. 

Communities

Greencore is aware of the positive impact that it 
can have within the local communities in which 
its sites operate and actively encourages its 
people to engage in local community projects. 
The types of activities vary across the sites and 
include participation in local school activities, 
sponsored sporting events and the donation  
of products and gifts for fund-raising raffles  
and auctions.

At a Group level, Greencore has actively 
supported the following organisations in 2011:

Caravan

Greencore is a long-standing supporter of 
Caravan – the grocery industry charity, which 
supports people who have worked in the industry 
who have fallen on hard times. Caravan currently 
supports more than 2,000 beneficiaries and 
their dependants. Greencore supports Caravan 
through participation in the work of the Caravan 
committees, by raising awareness of the charity 
both internally and externally, through attending 
a number of fundraising events throughout the 
year and by donating products for Christmas 
hampers for the needy each year. For the past 
three years Greencore has received achievement 
awards from Caravan in recognition of the 
support it has given them.

Young Enterprise

Greencore strongly believes that it is critical to 
support young people to help develop their  
skills and employability. This is why it is now  
in its fourth year of supporting Young Enterprise,  
an international organisation which aims to build  
a connected world of young people (ranging  
from 4 to 24 years old), business volunteers  
and educators inspiring each other to succeed  
in enterprise.

A number of Greencore colleagues have 
participated in classroom learning activities over 
the past 12 months and the aim over the next  
12 months is to increase our support to Young 
Enterprise.

Picture: 

Gordon Ramsay and Coronation 
Street actress Shobna Gulati 
serve curry prepared with 
Seriously Good cooking sauce  
at Brick Lane.

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

32
Business Review
Board of Directors

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Group Company Secretary 

11

33

Audit Committee
PG Kennedy* (appointed to Committee 18 December 2008)
EL Nicoli*(appointed to Committee 20 May 2010)
DM Simons* ** (appointed to Committee 22 July 2004)
JT Herlihy*(appointed to Committee 11 March 2010)

Option and Remuneration Committee
PG Kennedy* ** (appointed to Committee 11 March 2010) 
JT Herlihy*(appointed to Committee 22 April 2009)
DA Sugden* (appointed to Committee 1 April 2008)
EF Sullivan*(appointed to Committee 30 January 2003)

Nomination Committee
PF Coveney (appointed to Committee 1 April 2008)
PA McCann* **(appointed to Committee 18 November 2004)
DM Simons*(appointed to Committee 1 July 2004)
EF Sullivan*(appointed to Committee 22 July 2003)

*  Denotes Non-Executive Director
** 

 Denotes Chairman of Committee 

5.
JT Herlihy*, B Comm, FCA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 44)
John joined the Board on 13 March 2009.  
He is Vice President of Advertiser Operations at 
Google and head of Google Ireland. Previously,  
he held senior management positions at global 
technology companies including First Data  
(US and EMEA), Epiphany (US and Asia-Pacific) 
and Oracle Corporation (US and EMEA).

6.
PA McCann* 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 60) 
Pat joined the Board on 24 November 2003.  
He is Chief Executive of Dalata Hotel Group and 
was formerly Chief Executive of Jurys Doyle Hotel 
Group plc, a position he held from 2000 until 
2006. He was also a Non-Executive Director  
of EBS Building Society (resigned June 2011)  
and was a Non-Executive Director of the Irish  
Heart Foundation (resigned September 2011).  
He is also Chairman and Non-Executive Director 
of a number of private companies.

7.
EL Nicoli*, CBE, BSc 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 61) 
Eric was appointed to the Board on 14 May 2010. 
He was previously Group Chief Executive of United 
Biscuits (Holdings) plc from 1991 until 1999 and 
Chairman and Chief Executive of EMI Group plc 
until 2007. He is currently a Director of a number of 
privately-owned companies in the entertainment, 
software, property and financial services sectors.

8.
DM Simons*, CBE, BSc Econ, FCMA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 64) 
David was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2004. 
Previously, he was Chairman of Littlewoods Shop 
Direct Group Limited for five years and Chief 
Executive of Somerfield plc for seven years.  
He has held many senior executive and 
non-executive positions in major UK and 
International retail companies.

9.
DA Sugden*, BSc, FCA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 60) 
David joined the Board on 22 April 2002. He is  
Chairman of Findel plc. He is a former Chairman 
of BPP Holdings plc and MSB International plc. 
Prior to that, he was Group Chief Executive of 
Geest plc and Group Finance Director of Spear  
& Jackson International plc. He was a Non-
Executive Director of Mouchel plc until  
October 2011.

10.
PG Kennedy*, BA, FCA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 53) 
Gary joined the Board on 18 November 2008.  
He is a Director of Elan plc as well as being 
Chairman of its Audit Committee, and during the 
year was appointed as a Director of Irish Bank 
Resolution Corporation Limited, where he is also 
Chairman of its Audit Committee. In addition,  
he is a Director of Friends First Holdings Ltd. He is 
also Chairman of a number of private companies. 
Previously he was Group Director of Finance and 
Enterprise Technology at Allied Irish Banks plc 
and a member of its main board together with 
subsidiary boards in the USA and Poland. Prior  
to that, he was Group Vice-President of Nortel 
Networks Europe, having started his management 
career at Deloitte and Touche. He served on the 
Board of the Industrial Development Authority  
of Ireland for ten years until he retired in 
December 2005.

11.
C O’Leary, ACIS 
Group Company Secretary (Aged 42) 
Conor was appointed Group Company Secretary 
on 4 June 2010 having served as Deputy 
Secretary since 2005. Prior to joining Greencore  
in 2001, he held senior company secretarial 
roles in Glanbia and Cable & Wireless.

1.
EF Sullivan*, B Comm, MBS 
Chairman (Aged 63) 
Ned joined the Board on 11 March 2002 and 
became Chairman in February 2003. He was 
previously Group Managing Director of Glanbia 
plc and, prior to that, held a number of senior 
positions with Grand Metropolitan plc in London 
and Dublin. He is Chairman of eircom Limited and 
was the first Chairman of An Bord Bia (The Irish 
Food Board).

2.
PF Coveney, B Comm, M Phil, D Phil 
Chief Executive Officer (Aged 41) 
Patrick was appointed Chief Executive with  
effect from March 2008. He joined the Board  
on 5 September 2005 and previously held the 
position of Chief Financial Officer for the Group. 
Prior to joining Greencore, he was a partner with 
McKinsey & Company, serving as managing 
partner of McKinsey, Ireland. He was elected  
a member of the Council of the Dublin Chamber of 
Commerce where he now serves as Vice President. 

3.
AR Williams, BA Hons, ACMA, AMCT
Chief Financial Officer (Aged 42) 
Alan was appointed to the Board as Chief 
Financial Officer on 7 March 2011. Prior to 
joining Greencore, he held a number of senior 
positions within the Cadbury Group over  
an 18 year period, including most recently  
as the Global Corporate Finance Director.  
He previously served as head of finance for  
the US confectionery operations of Cadbury 
and of its French beverages business.

4.
DS Walker, BSc Hons
Chief Executive, Convenience Foods UK  
(Aged 39) 
Di was appointed Chief Executive, Convenience 
Foods UK and joined the Board on 22 April 2009. 
She joined Greencore in June 2004 as Managing 
Director of Greencore’s Chilled Sauces and 
Soups category and in October 2006 was 
appointed Managing Director of Food To Go,  
the largest convenience food category within  
the Group. Prior to joining Greencore she held  
a number of senior positions within the chilled 
foods industry and was Divisional Managing 
Director of Hibernia Foods plc and Convenience 
Food Sales and Marketing Director of Hazlewood 
Foods plc, prior to it being acquired by Greencore.

#1#2#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

34
Corporate Governance
Directors’ Report

Introduction
The Directors submit their Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2011.

Principal Activities and Review of Business
Greencore is a leading international producer and supplier of convenience foods and ingredients to consumer, industrial and foodservice markets. Detailed 
commentaries on the Group’s performance for the year are contained in the Chairman’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s Review and the Divisional and 
Financial Reviews. The principal subsidiary and associate undertakings are listed in Note 37 to the Group Financial Statements.

Results for the Year
The results of the Group for the year are set out in the Group Income Statement. The profit for the year after taxation and exceptional charges was  
£19.9 million (2010: £30.2 million).

Dividends
An interim ordinary dividend of 3.0c (2010: 3.0c) per share was paid on 5 October 2011. The Directors recommend the payment of a final ordinary dividend of 
2.4c (2010: 4.5c) per share. Subject to shareholders’ approval, this dividend is to be paid on 2 April 2012 to shareholders who are on the register of members  
at 5.00pm on 16 December 2011.

Share Capital
During the year 2,481,416 ordinary shares were issued under the Company’s Scrip Dividend Scheme and 20,879 ordinary shares were issued under the 
Company’s Share Option and Sharesave schemes.

On 12 July 2011, in order to part fund the acquisition of Uniq, the Group announced a Rights Issue of new ordinary shares in the Company which gave existing 
shareholders of the Company the right to acquire new Shares in preference to anyone else, so that they had the option of maintaining their percentage stake in 
the Company. Under the Rights Issue, 5 new shares were offered to existing shareholders for each 6 Shares they held, at a price of 0.46 cent per share. The offer 
closed on 23 August 2011. 

The Directors are currently authorised to allot shares up to a maximum nominal amount equal to €43,628,940 under an authority that was conferred on 
them at the Extraordinary General Meeting held on 31 January 2011. This authority will expire at the conclusion of Greencore’s next Annual General Meeting 
or on 31 July 2012, whichever is earlier. 

Additionally, at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, shareholders are being asked to approve, until the day following the Annual General Meeting to be 
held in 2013, the Directors’ power to disapply the strict statutory pre-emption provisions relating to the issue of new equity for cash. The disapplication will 
be limited to the allotment of equity securities in connection with any rights issue or any open offer to shareholders and the allotment of shares in lieu of 
dividends, and the allotment of shares up to an aggregate nominal value equal to 5 per cent of the nominal value of the Company’s issued share capital.

At the Annual General Meeting held in January 2011, shareholders passed a resolution to give the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, the authority to purchase 
up to 10 per cent of its own shares. At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, shareholders will be asked to renew this authority until the date of the Annual 
General Meeting to be held in 2013 or 18 months thereafter, whichever is the earlier. The Directors do not have any current intention to exercise the power to 
purchase the Company’s own shares.

Under the Articles of Association of the Company no person shall be entitled to acquire shares representing 30 per cent or more of the Company’s issued 
share capital or (alone or with any associate or associates) to control the exercise of 30 per cent or more of the votes which are ordinarily exercisable in all 
circumstances at general meetings of the Company. This restriction cannot be amended without the consent of the holder of the special share in the 
capital of the Company. 

The special share is owned by the Minister for the Department of Agriculture, Food & the Marine, on behalf of the Irish State. This gives the owner certain rights, 
inter alia, in relation to notice and attendance at meetings as well as a consent requirement in respect of certain limited amendments of the Company’s Articles 
of Association and the issue of shares which have voting rights but which are not ordinary shares. It also confers certain rights which are now historic relating to 
the sugar quota and sugar producing assets formerly used by the Company.

Future Developments
The Group showed further growth and development during the year, in particular with the successful acquisition of Uniq plc during the year. Future prospects 
are outlined in the Chairman’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s Review and the Operating and Financial Reviews. 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
As with any large Group, Greencore faces a number of risks and uncertainties. Individual business unit management teams primarily drive the process  
by which individual risks and uncertainties are identified, these teams being best placed to identify significant and emerging risks and uncertainties in  
their businesses. The output from this process feeds into the regular management reporting structures. Risks and mitigating controls, common across  
all categories, are managed and reviewed at Group level. Risks identified and associated mitigating controls are subject to review as part of the Group’s 
health and safety, technical compliance and operational/financial audit programmes. Under Irish company law (Regulation 37 of the European 

35

Communities (Companies: Group Accounts) Regulations 1992, as amended), the Group is required to give a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties which it faces. These principal risks are set out on pages 24 and 25. 

Further detail in relation to the Group’s internal controls is included on pages 37 to 41 of this report. Details of the Group’s financial risk management policies 
are set out in Note 22 of the Group Financial Statements. Details of the Group’s key performance indicators are set out on page 15.

Directors
Mr. DA Sugden will have completed his third three year term as a Non-Executive Director at the conclusion of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and 
has decided to retire from the Board at that point.

In accordance with provision B.7.1. of the 2010 UK Corporate Governance Code (‘the Code’) (and the Irish Corporate Governance Annex) (‘the Annex’) each of  
the Directors shall retire at each future Annual General Meeting and submit themselves for re-election where appropriate. No re-appointment will be automatic 
and a review of the Directors who are seeking re-appointment will be undertaken assessing their suitability for re-election. The Board will not endorse a Director 
for re-election if he or she has not been considered effective in carrying out their duties. 

The Board recommends the appointment of the Directors seeking re-appointment as they continue to be effective and demonstrate commitment to the role.

Directors’ Interests in Share Capital at 30 September 2011
The interests of the Directors and Group Company Secretary in the shares of the Company are set out in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration. The Directors 
and Company Secretary have no beneficial interests in any of the Group’s subsidiary or associated undertakings.

Significant Shareholdings
At 5 December 2011, the Company has been advised of the following notifiable interests in its ordinary share capital:

Polaris Capital Management 
Letko Brosseau & Associates 
Artemis Investment Management 
Sheffield Asset Management 

No. of 
interests in 
ordinary 
shares 

 56,829,472 
 48,038,027 
 30,703,460 
 29,378,965 

% of 
issued 
share 
capital

14.77
12.48
7.98 
7.63 

Apart from these holdings, the Company has not been notified at 5 December 2011 of any interest of 3 per cent or more in its ordinary share capital.

Corporate Governance
Statements by the Directors in relation to the Group’s application of corporate governance principles, compliance with the provisions of the Code and the 
Annex, the Group’s system of internal controls and the adoption of the going concern basis in the preparation of the Financial Statements are set out on 
pages 37 to 41.

The Report on Directors’ Remuneration is set out on pages 42 to 45.

Corporate Responsibility
The Group views corporate responsibility as an integral part of the organisation’s culture and always strives to ensure it is acting in the best interests of all 
related parties and stakeholders. Group policies and implementation systems are set out on pages 26 to 31.

Research and Development
The Group continued its research and development programme in relation to its principal activities during the year. Further information is contained in the 
reviews on pages 17 and 18 and in Note 2 of the Group Financial Statements.

Taxation Status
So far as the Directors are aware, the Company is not a close company within the meaning of the Tax Consolidation Act.

Accounting Records
The Directors believe that they have complied with the requirements of Section 202 of the Companies Act 1990 with regard to books of account by employing 
accounting personnel with appropriate expertise and by providing adequate resources to the financial function. The books of account of the Company are 
maintained at No.2 Northwood Avenue, Northwood Business Park, Santry, Dublin 9.

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

36
Corporate Governance
Directors’ Report
(continued)

Auditor
The auditor, KPMG, Chartered Accountants, continues in office in accordance with Section 160 (2) of the Companies Act 1963. 

Notice of Annual General Meeting and Special Business
Notice of the Annual General Meeting, together with details of special business to be considered at the meeting will follow shortly. 

On behalf of the Board

EF Sullivan 
Director 

Dublin
5 December 2011

AR Williams
Director

 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report

37

Corporate governance is concerned with how companies are managed and controlled. The Directors are committed to the highest standards of corporate 
governance. This statement explains how the Group has applied the principles set out in the 2010 UK Corporate Governance Code (‘the Code’) as adopted by 
the Irish and London Stock Exchanges. In addition, the Irish Corporate Governance Annex (‘the Annex’) has come into effect for companies listed on the ISE 
whose financial periods commence on or after 17 December 2010, however, Greencore has chosen the early adoption of the Annex, which includes additional 
provisions to the Code. The Irish Annex implements the nine recommendations arising from a report on corporate governance which was commissioned by the 
Irish Stock Exchange and the Irish Association of Investment Managers in early 2010. The Board understands the importance of good corporate governance, 
the Code and the Annex and believes that the Group has complied fully with the Code and the relevant provisions of the Annex throughout the financial year 
ended 30 September 2011 where the requirements are of a continuing nature.

Board of Directors
The Board is responsible for the leadership and control of the Company. The Board currently comprises three Executive and seven Non-Executive Directors. 
Biographical details are set out on pages 32 and 33 and include their dates of appointment. The Board considers that, between them, the Directors bring 
the range of skills, knowledge and experience necessary to lead the Company, whilst each of the Non-Executive Directors have international strategic 
experience, both within the food industry and the broader commercial arena. 

All the Directors bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, key appointments and standards. The Board has 
determined that each of the Non-Executive Directors is independent. The independence of each Director is determined prior to appointment and annually 
thereafter. Each has no material interest or other relationship with the Group. It is intended that Mr. DA Sugden, who will have completed his third three  
year term as a Non-Executive Director, will retire from the Board at the forthcoming AGM and it is expected that his vacancy will not be replaced in the 
immediate term. The Board believes that the remaining members of the Board, which will compile of six Non-Executive Directors and three Executive 
Directors will continue to be of the correct size and structure and the balance between Non-Executive Directors and Executive Directors will continue to 
have the appropriate skills, expertise and experience necessary to fulfil its role effectively without undue reliance on the individual Non-Executive Directors, 
while remaining responsive to the needs of the Company. Such continuing responsiveness is necessary to address any challenges and opportunities which 
have been identified post integration of the Uniq business. 

The Board agrees a schedule of regular meetings to be held in each calendar year and also meets on other occasions as necessary. Meetings are held at the 
head office in Dublin, as well as at the offices of the Group’s operating subsidiaries. If a Director is unable to attend a Board meeting, he or she will receive Board 
papers in advance of the meeting and can communicate their views on any items to be raised through the Chairman in advance of the meeting. A list of 
Director attendances at scheduled meetings throughout the year can be found on page 39.

There is an agreed list of matters which the Board has formally reserved to itself for consideration and decision, such as Board membership, major acquisitions 
and disposals, major capital expenditure, risk management, treasury policies and approval of the financial statements and other formal announcements.  
The list of matters reserved for Board decision is reviewed regularly by the Board and is updated where necessary. The matters and agenda reserved for  
Board consideration are planned in order to best harness the skills, expertise and experience of the Directors. In addition, the Board ensures that the value  
of the Group over the longer term is both enhanced and preserved through the approval of the Group’s commercial strategy, trading and capital budgets.  
The Directors acknowledge that they are responsible, both individually and collectively, for the proper stewardship of the Group’s affairs. 

There is an agreed procedure for Directors to take independent legal advice, at the expense of the Company, in the furtherance of their duties as Directors of the 
Company. The Group has a policy in place which indemnifies the Directors in respect of legal action taken against them in respect of matters pertaining to their 
duties as Directors. All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are 
followed. The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.

All Directors receive regular Group Management Accounts and reports and full Board papers are sent to each Director in sufficient time before Board meetings. 
Any further supporting papers and information are readily available to all Directors on request. The Board papers include the minutes of all Board committee 
meetings held since the previous Board meeting and the Chairman of each committee is available to give a report on the Committee’s proceedings at Board 
meetings, if appropriate.

The Board has a formal process whereby each Director and the Group Company Secretary individually meet with the Chairman annually to review individual 
Director performance, the conduct of Board meetings, the performance of the Board as a whole and its committees and the general corporate governance 
of the Group. The evaluation of each individual Director focuses on the contribution of the Director to the Board and how they met their expectations during 
the year. In addition, the Chairman meets at least once annually with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors being present. The 
Chairman of the Board reports the findings of such a board effectiveness review to the Board and raises any issues which have been identified during the 
year and addresses any key areas for focus in the forthcoming year. The Senior Independent Director meets with each Director to review the Chairman’s 
performance on an annual basis. This forms part of the broader board effectiveness review and ensures a robust, independent and effective Board. 

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate and there is a clear division of responsibilities between them which is set out in writing and has been 
approved by the Board. The Board has delegated responsibility for the management of the Group, through the Chief Executive, to executive management 
and the Chief Executive is accountable to the Board for all authority so delegated.

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

38
Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance Report
(continued)

Board of Directors (continued)
It is expected that the Non-Executive Directors will constructively challenge the management proposals where appropriate and will contribute their expertise 
and knowledge concerning the development of the Group. To ensure that all Non-Executive Directors are capable of dedicating sufficient time to the Board, 
prior to their election to the Board and relevant committees, they are made aware of the scheduled calendar of meetings and are required to confirm that  
they will be able to meet the time commitments required as part of their role. 

The Board has acknowledged that there should be a recognised senior member of the Board, known as the ‘Senior Independent Director’, and that the 
position should be rotated among the Non-Executive Directors, all of whom are independent. Mr. PA McCann is currently the Senior Independent Director 
and was appointed to this role on 11 February 2010. Mr. McCann is available to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through the 
Chairman, Chief Executive or Chief Financial Officer. He also acts as a confidential sounding board and intermediary for the other Directors, if necessary.  
As part of the performance evaluation process, the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior Independent Director, meet annually without the Chairman 
present to appraise the Chairman’s performance and take the views of the Executive Directors and the Company Secretary into account.

During the year, the Board meets with key executives within the Group and site visits are arranged at least once a year in order to ensure that the Board are  
fully familiar with the operations. The Board is provided with external investor analysis on the Group at its board meetings together with shareholder data. 
Legislative changes and any developments in accounting, governance and other standards are communicated to the Board where it is deemed appropriate. 

The Board is currently undertaking an assessment of external advisors who will be engaged to undertake an evaluation of the Board, on a triennial basis. 
Any such evaluations will be carried out parallel to the work carried out by the Senior Independent Director and the Chairman. The formal engagement  
of an external advisor is envisaged to take place within the current financial year. 

Board Committees
The Board has established an effective committee structure to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities. The committees and their members are listed  
on page 33 of this report. All committees of the Board have written Terms of Reference dealing with their authority and duties delegated by the Board.  
The Terms of Reference are updated as appropriate and are available on the Group’s website at www.greencore.com, and can be accessed through the 
Corporate Governance section. Membership of the Audit and the Option and Remuneration Committees are comprised exclusively of Non-Executive 
Directors. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to each of these committees.

The Audit Committee reviews the accounting principles, policies and practices adopted in the preparation of the Interim Management Statements, the Half 
Yearly Financial Report and the Annual Group and Company Financial Statements. The committee also discusses with the Group’s external auditor the results 
and scope of their audit. In addition, it reviews the scope and performance of the Group’s internal risk management function and the cost effectiveness, 
independence and objectivity of the external auditor. The committee assists the Board in meeting its obligations under the Code in the areas of risk assessment 
and internal controls. 

In addition to having Terms of Reference, the Audit Committee also agrees a committee calendar of items which it considers to be of paramount 
importance in order to ensure that all items are discussed appropriately and on a timely basis. Such items include, but are not limited to, the draft results 
and interim statement for the half year, preliminary results, a summary of the completed reports of the Risk Management Group, risk management  
plan for the forthcoming year, a review of the external auditor’s competency and ability generally and an annual assessment of internal control.

The Chief Financial Officer and the Head of the Risk Management Group, along with representatives from the external auditor are invited by the committee 
to attend meetings on a regular basis. In addition, the Chief Executive, along with other executives from within the Group, attend meetings from time  
to time. The external auditor and the Head of the Risk Management Group have the opportunity to meet with the members of the committee alone at 
least once a year. The Group has a policy governing the conduct of non-audit work by the auditor. The engagement of the external auditor to provide any 
non-audit services must be pre-approved by the committee where the fee exceeds 20 per cent of the audit fee. During the financial year to 30 September 
2011, fees paid in relation to non-audit related services totalled £593,000 (2010: £856,000) in respect of KPMG in Ireland, the external auditor, and 
£1,311,000 (2010: £1,616,000) in respect of KPMG in other countries. 

KPMG have been the Group’s auditor since their official appointment in February, 2009. There are no contractual obligations which restrict the Audit Committee’s 
choice of external auditor and there are safeguards in place to ensure that the independence of the external auditors is not compromised. The decision to open 
the external auditor to tender is taken based on a recommendation from the Audit Committee. 

The committee has determined that Mr. JT Herlihy, Mr. PG Kennedy, Mr. EL Nicoli and Mr. DM Simons have recent and relevant financial experience as can  
be seen from their biographies on page 33 and, therefore, satisfy the requirements of the Code. The Board has determined that Mr. Simons is independent 
and has the relevant financial expertise to act as Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

During the financial year under review, the Audit Committee held an additional four unscheduled meetings, in respect of the aborted transaction with 
Northern Foods plc and also to review the financial due diligence, together with the tax and synergy benefits relating to the Uniq acquisition on behalf  
of the Board. In addition the committee has undertaken that it will review the working capital requirements of the combined Group for an 18 month  
period following the release of the Prospectus in July, 2011 and will report its findings to the Board. 

39

The Nomination Committee is responsible for proposing to the Board any new appointments, whether of Executive or Non-Executive Directors of the 
Company. To facilitate the search for suitable candidates, the Committee uses the services of independent consultants. When the Nomination Committee 
selects a Director whom it deems to have the correct balance of skills and expertise necessary, the committee will recommend the appointment to  
the Board. All appointments to the Board are approved by the Board as a whole. Before appointing a Director, the Board considers the balance of skill, 
knowledge and experience existing on the Board and decides what characteristics are necessary to allow it to best meet the strategic vision for the Group 
and in order to ensure that its policy on Board structure is maintained. To ensure Director independence is maintained, it is envisaged that Directors will not 
normally extend their tenure for more than three three-year periods. 

In the past, all newly appointed Directors have been subject to election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment. Going 
forward, in compliance with the relevant provision of the Code, all Directors shall retire at each Annual General Meeting and submit themselves for re-election 
where it has been deemed appropriate.

During the year under review, the Nomination Committee met to discuss the appointment of a Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director following on 
from the resignation of Mr. GP Doherty from his role as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director which took effect in December 2010. The key attributes 
that the new individual should have were discussed at length and included extensive commercial experience. An external consultant was engaged to seek 
suitable candidates for interview. Following on from an extensive process, the Nomination Committee recommended Mr. AR Williams for co-option to the 
Board, based on his skills, key personal attributes and past experience. 

In addition, the Nomination Committee assists the Board with its succession planning, taking into consideration the balance of skills, expertise and experience 
necessary in order to ensure that the Board carries out its function effectively. The Nomination Committee keeps the tenure of the Board under review in order 
to ensure that the Board remains dynamic and appropriate. The Nomination Committee consists of three Non-Executive Directors, Mr. PA McCann, who acts  
as Chairman to the Committee, Mr. DM Simons and Mr. EF Sullivan, and one Executive Director, Mr. PF Coveney. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office, during normal office 
hours, and at the Annual General Meeting of the Company. An induction programme to the Group is arranged for all new Directors, which includes visits  
to the trading operations of subsidiaries. 

The Option and Remuneration Committee operates the Group’s Deferred Bonus Scheme, Share Option Schemes, Sharesave Schemes and Long-Term 
Incentive Schemes. It is responsible for determining the remuneration packages of the Executive Directors and senior management and for making 
recommendations in regard to the Chairman’s and Directors’ fees which are fixed by the Board on the authority of the shareholders. Where necessary,  
the Committee consults with remuneration consultants. The Group’s remuneration policy for Executive Directors and details of Directors’ remuneration  
are contained in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 42 to 45.

Mr. PG Kennedy is Chairman of the Option and Remuneration Committee and is joined by Mr. JT Herlihy, Mr. DA Sugden and Mr. EF Sullivan, all of whom,  
the Board feel, have extensive international and varied business experience, as detailed in their biographies, which provides them with the relevant skills 
necessary to ensure that all elements of executive remuneration is aligned with those of the shareholders. 

During the year, in addition to the scheduled meetings, the committee met to discuss a number of issues resulting from the Rights Issue which took place in 
August 2011 as part of the Uniq acquisition. Such issues included the rebasing of executive options and share option schemes. The committee also discussed 
and authorised a more comprehensive marketing strategy for the sharesave schemes which are operated in Ireland and the UK. 

Attendance at scheduled Board and Board committee meetings during the year ended 30 September 2011 was as follows:

PF Coveney 
GP Doherty* 
JT Herlihy 
AM Hynes** 
PG Kennedy 
PA McCann 
EL Nicoli 
DM Simons 
DA Sugden 
EF Sullivan 
DS Walker 
AR Williams*** 

Board 

Audit 

B 

9 
2 
8 
1 
9 
8 
8 
9 
9 
9 
9 
6 

A 

– 
– 
4 
– 
4 
– 
4 
4 
– 
– 
– 
– 

B 

– 
– 
2 
– 
4 
– 
4 
4 
– 
– 
– 
– 

A 

1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 
– 

A 

9 
2 
9 
1 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 
6 

Nomination 
B 

Option and 
Remuneration
B

A 

1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 
– 

– 
– 
3 
– 
3 
– 
– 
– 
3 
3 
– 
– 

–
–
2
–
3
–
–
–
2
3
–
–

* Resigned 31 December 2010.  ** Resigned 3 December 2010.  *** Appointed 7 March 2011.

Column A indicates the number of scheduled meetings held during the period in which the Director was a member of the Board and/or committee.
Column B indicates the number of scheduled meetings attended during the period in which the Director was a member of the Board and/or committee.

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

40
Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance Report
(continued)

Board Committees (continued)
In addition, 15 unscheduled Board meetings were held during the year together with four unscheduled Audit Committee meetings, largely in respect of 
actual and potential corporate initiatives. 

In addition, where appropriate the Board will establish sub-committees on an ad hoc basis to deal with matters which arise throughout the year. The 
sub-committees will comprise members of the Board who are deemed to have the skills and expertise necessary for the purpose for which the committee 
was established. For example, in recognition of a very tight timetable associated with the Uniq acquisition, a sub-committee of the Board, comprising the 
Chairman, the Senior Independent Director, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer was constituted on 11 July 2011 in order to approve and 
execute the various documents associated with the transaction. The Company Secretary was instructed to ensure the Board was fully appraised of 
developments as they arose to ensure that Appendix 3 of the Code was duly complied with.

Communication with Shareholders
The Board of Greencore represents the Group’s shareholders and is accountable to them for effective governance of the business. The Company has regular 
dialogue with institutional and major shareholders throughout the year, other than during close periods. In addition, shareholder presentations are made at 
the time of the issue of the Company’s half year and full year results. Details of any major changes in the Group, including mergers, acquisitions, divestments 
etc are released through the Stock Exchanges.

All Directors are available to meet with such shareholders throughout the year. The Group also promotes communication with shareholders throughout the 
year and encourages shareholders to make use of their votes at all general meetings of the Company. 

The views of the shareholders and the market in general are communicated to the Board on a regular basis, as are expressed views on corporate governance 
and strategy, as well as the outcome of analyst and broker briefings. Analyst reports on the Company are also circulated to the Board members on a regular 
basis. The Group’s website, www.greencore.com, provides the full text of the Annual Reports, Interim Management Statements, Half Yearly Financial Reports 
and presentations to analysts and investors. Shareholders can receive the Annual Report in paper form, or may elect to receive an email notification stating 
that the documents are available on the website. 

In addition shareholders can also elect to receive an email notification when new company information is available on the website. These can be accessed 
through the Investor Relations section of the website. Stock Exchange announcements are also made available in the Investor Relations section of the 
website, after release to the Stock Exchange.

All Board members attend the Annual General Meeting and are available to answer questions. Separate resolutions are proposed on substantially different 
issues, and the agenda of business to be conducted at the Annual General Meeting includes a resolution to receive and consider the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements. The chairmen of the Board’s committees are available at the Annual General Meeting. The notice of the Annual General Meeting, 
together with the Annual Report and Financial Statements, is sent to shareholders at least twenty working days before the meeting, and details of the 
proxy votes for and against each resolution and the number of abstentions are announced after each vote on a show of hands. In the year under review 
the Company held an Annual General Meeting and two Extraordinary General Meetings, wherein all shareholders were given the opportunity to verbalise 
any concerns. 

The Company also welcomes queries from shareholders throughout the year via post, telephone or email. 

Going Concern
The Directors, after making enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole, have adequate resources to continue 
operating for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the going concern basis continues to be adopted in preparing the Financial Statements.

Internal Control
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control, for reviewing its effectiveness and for confirming that there is a process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks for the achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives. 

This process has been in place throughout the financial year up to the date of the approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements, accords with the 
Turnbull guidance (Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code) and is regularly reviewed by the Board. This system of internal 
control is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

41

The systems involve the Board considering the following:

 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

the nature and extent of the risks facing the Group;
the extent and categories of risks it regards as acceptable for the Group to bear;
the likelihood of the risk concerned materialising;
the Group’s ability to reduce the incidence and impact on its business of risks that do materialise; and 
the costs of operating particular controls relative to the benefits thereby obtained in managing related risks. 

The risks faced by the Group are reviewed regularly with management and with the Board’s Audit Committee whose terms of reference require it to 
conduct an annual assessment and make a report to the Board on (a) the nature and extent of the significant risks facing the Group, (b) the design, 
operation and monitoring by management of internal control systems and the adequacy and frequency of reports from management to the Board,  
and (c) whether they give a balanced assessment of the significant risks and the effectiveness of the system of internal control in managing those risks.

The key elements of the system are as follows:

 •
 •
 •

the Corporate Manual, which includes a statement of corporate values, is distributed throughout the Group;
clearly defined organisation structures and lines of authority;
corporate policies for financial reporting, treasury and financial risk management, information technology and security, project appraisal and corporate 
governance;

 • annual budgets and three year business plans for all operating units, identifying key risks and opportunities;
 • monitoring of performance against budgets and reporting thereon to the Directors on a regular basis;
 • a Risk Management Group which reviews key business processes and controls; and 
 • an Audit Committee which approves plans and deals with significant control issues raised by internal or external audit.

The preparation and issue of financial reports are managed by the Group finance department. The Group financial reporting process is controlled using the 
Group accounting policies and reporting systems. The Group finance department supports all reporting entities with guidance in the preparation of financial 
information. This process is supported by the Finance Manager for Convenience Foods and the Finance Manager for Ingredients & Property. Each Group entity  
has a Finance Director or Controller who have responsibility and accountability to provide information in keeping with agreed policies.

The financial information for each entity is subject to a review at reporting entity and Group level by the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer, and the  
CEO, Convenience Foods UK along with the entity Managing Directors. The annual accounts are reviewed by the Audit Committee in advance of same being 
presented to the Board for their review and approval.

In order to ensure the necessary focus on the control environment, the Group has determined that it will incentivise the continuous improvement of the 
internal control environment so as to embed it within the organisation. Accordingly, these improvements form part of the performance review of individuals. 
This includes Managing Directors as well as finance teams. 

In addition, to ensure compliance with the Code requirements on Risk Management, the Audit Committee has appointed a team which is comprised of  
the Head of the Risk Management Group, Head of Technical, the Company Secretary and the Head of Legal, whose task it is to undertake a broad ranging 
review on the creation of a corporate risk register. 

The objective of the risk register is to ensure that all significant risks within each business unit have been appropriately identified and to also ensure  
that all risk is mitigated or managed as appropriate. It is understood that regular and detailed assessment is important given the volatile and uncertain 
economic environment. 

In addition, during the year under review, the Managing Director or the Finance Director of each operating unit completed a Financial Internal Control 
Questionnaire which was used to identify control strengths and weaknesses across all financial areas which were subsequently addressed. 

In accordance with the process outlined above, the Board has satisfied itself on the effectiveness of the internal control systems in operation and it has 
approved the reporting lines to it to ensure the ongoing effectiveness of the internal controls and reporting structures. 

Finally, the Directors, through the use of appropriate procedures, systems and the employment of competent persons, have ensured that measures  
are in place to secure compliance with the Company’s obligation to keep proper books of account. The books of account are kept at the registered office  
of the Company.

Compliance
The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and supports the principles advocated by the Code and the Annex  
as adopted by the Irish and London Stock Exchanges and in the period under review the Company complied with the Code and Annex provisions. 

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

42
Corporate Governance
Report on Directors’ Remuneration

The Option and Remuneration Committee
The Option and Remuneration Committee of the Board consists of Non-Executive Directors of the Company. The terms of reference of the Option and 
Remuneration Committee include the determination of the remuneration packages for Executive Directors and senior management and recommendations 
on Non-Executive Directors’ fees. Further details are set out below and membership of the Committee is set out on page 33. 

Remuneration Policy
The main aim of the Group’s remuneration policy is to pay the Executive Directors competitively taking into consideration the remuneration practices of 
other international companies of similar size and scope, the current economic climate and the need to ensure that Directors are appropriately remunerated 
and motivated to perform in the best interests of shareholders. 

The Option and Remuneration Committee obtains external advice on remuneration in comparable companies, as necessary.

The main elements of the remuneration package for Executive Directors are basic salary and benefits, a performance related annual bonus, a deferred 
bonus plan, pension benefits and participation in a share option plan.

Deloitte was appointed during the 2009/2010 financial year to undertake a review of executive remuneration arrangements, to ensure that such 
arrangements are effectively structured to retain key management. They continued during the year under review to assist the Option and Remuneration 
Committee in its evaluation and appraisal of the introduction of a new Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’), which is still under assessment. Deloitte separately 
provide tax services to the Group and the Option and Remuneration Committee do not consider there to be any conflict of interest in this regard.

Basic Salary
The salaries of Executive Directors are reviewed annually having regard to the job size, responsibility levels, personal and Group performance and competitive 
market practice. 

Performance Related Annual Bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan
The following principles have been adopted as a framework for evaluating changes to executive remuneration. The remuneration arrangements for 
Executive Directors are designed:

 •
 •
 •
 •

to support the business strategy;
to align the financial interests of executives and shareholders; 
to provide market competitive reward opportunities for performance in line with expectations; and 
to have competitive compensation packages to attract and retain managers of the highest calibre.

The annual performance related bonus scheme ensures that: 

 • budgeted performance targets are clearly defined and stretching;
 •
 • 75% of performance targets are weighted towards financial targets with a 25% weighting for personal and strategic goals.

the maximum annual performance-related bonuses are competitive with peer Group companies of the Group; and

The current incentive plan for senior executives operates by deferring half the annual bonus earned into Company shares calculated at market value, to be held 
by a trustee for the benefit of individual participants for three years without any additional performance requirements or matching. The shares vest after three 
years but will be forfeited should an executive voluntarily leave the Group within the three year time period subject to normal ‘good leaver’ provisions. 

The rationale for implementing this type of plan includes the retention of key executives, aligning pay with long-term performance, simplifying arrangements 
and aligning executives’ interests with shareholders’ interests through deferral of part of the bonus into shares. Not all eligible executives will necessarily receive 
an award in any single year and no executive will receive awards from the option plan in the same year as they receive the benefit of a deferred bonus.  
The incentive plan for senior executives was adopted by the Board for the financial year ended 26 September 2008 and subsequent financial years. 

Performance Share Plan
At the Annual General Meeting in 2004, shareholders approved the introduction of a new long-term incentive scheme for senior executives described as a 
Performance Share Plan (‘the Plan’). The Plan is for senior executives who are best placed to maximise shareholder value and operates on the basis of the 
making of conditional share awards using Greencore shares as the underlying unit of value. Since the introduction of this plan, no awards have been made 
to any executive. 

Share Option Schemes
The Group operates share option and sharesave schemes that are based on approvals by shareholders in 1991, 1994 and 2001. It is Group policy to grant 
options under the Share Option Scheme to key executives across the Group to encourage identification with shareholders’ interests. Options have been 
granted to approximately 260 executives to date. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the scheme. 

43

Under the 1991 and 1994 schemes, basic options cannot be exercised before the expiration of three years from the date of grant and then only if  
the Company’s earnings per share has grown, over three years, at least to the same extent as the growth in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) over  
the same period.

Under the 2001 scheme, basic options can only be exercised where there has been an increase in the earnings per share of the Company of at least the 
increase in the CPI over a three year period plus 5 per cent compounded per annum. 

The Group encourages eligible employees to save in order to buy shares in the Company. The sharesave schemes provide a means of saving and give 
employees the opportunity to become shareholders. To date, approximately 3,000 employees have been granted options under the sharesave schemes. 

Directors’ and Company Secretary’s Share Interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors and Group Company Secretary (including those of their spouses and minor children) who held office at 30 September 
2011 in the share capital of the Company were as follows: 

Directors 

PF Coveney 
JT Herlihy 
PG Kennedy 
PA McCann 
EL Nicoli 
DM Simons 
DA Sugden 
EF Sullivan 
DS Walker 
AR Williams 

Group Company Secretary

C O’Leary 

Ordinary Shares

At 30/09/2011* 

942,043 
– 
33,213 
77,000 
17,000 
87,856 
32,083 
41,002 
105,750 
– 

At 24/09/2010 
(Or date of 
appointment 
if later)

404,500
–
17,701
42,000
–
50,000
17,500
22,365
56,623
–

– 

–

* 

In August, 2011 following the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company, each of the Directors of the Company who held shares participated in the Rights Issue, either in part or in full. 

There were no changes in the interests of the Directors or the Company Secretary from 30 September 2011 to 5 December 2011.

The Directors and Group Company Secretary have no beneficial interests in any of the Group’s subsidiary or associated undertakings.

Deferred Bonus Plan Awards

Executive Directors 

PF Coveney 

DS Walker 

Group Company Secretary

C O’Leary 

Initial 
allocation 
of shares 

382,096 
491,522 
687,988 

125,257 
170,525 
273,661 

Post
  adjustment 
for Rights 

Issue** 

481,004 
618,755 
866,078 

157,680 
214,666 
344,500 

Market price 
on award 
date € 

0.916 
1.38 
1.30 

0.85 
1.38 
1.30 

Holding period

03/12/2008 – 03/12/2011
01/12/2009 – 01/12/2012
01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

09/12/2008 – 09/12/2011
01/12/2009 – 01/12/2012
01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

63,462 

79,889 

1.30 

01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

** 

 Following the Rights Issue in August (as detailed on page 34) the Option and Remuneration Committee approved the rebasing of the awards to reflect the effect of the Rights Issue on 
the awards as the inherent value of the awards was also reduced. To take account of the impact of the Rights Issue on the awards, the Company increased the number of awards. 

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

44
Corporate Governance
Report on Directors’ Remuneration
(continued)

Deferred Bonus Plan Awards (continued)
In respect of the year ended 30 September 2011, the value of the Deferred Bonus Award that will be allocated as Deferred Share Awards to the Executive 
Directors and Company Secretary is:

PF Coveney 
AR Williams 
DS Walker 
C O’Leary 

£’000

501
170
175
67

The allocation of the number of shares under the Deferred Bonus Plan has not yet been determined as the Group is in a closed period. The normal vesting 
period of three years will commence on the date at which the shares are allocated.

Directors’ and Company Secretary’s Share Options
Details of movements on outstanding options over the Company’s ordinary share capital and those granted during the year are set out below. Outstanding 
options are exercisable on dates between 2011 and 2019.

In addition to the adjustment of the deferred awards, the Option and Remuneration Committee approved the rebasing of shares under option to reflect  
the effect of the Rights Issue on the options as the inherent value of the executive share options and options held under the sharesave schemes was also 
reduced. To take account of the impact of the Rights Issue on the options, the Company has adjusted the options to increase the number of shares subject 
to them and reduce the option price at which each share may be bought on exercise of options so that the total amount payable to exercise options in full 
remains unchanged. 

No. of options 

PF Coveney 
Basic 
Sharesave 

DS Walker 
Basic 
Sharesave 

C O’Leary 
Basic 
Sharesave 

At start 
of year 

Exercised 
during 
year 

Lapsed 
during 
year 

Effect of 
rights 
issue 

At end  Weighted 
average 
of year 
exercise 
post 
price at 
rights 
30.09.11
issue 

420,000 
20,880 

150,000 
10,431 

150,000 
14,616 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

108,719 
5,298 

528,719 
26,178 

€2.71
€0.70

38,828 
2,647 

188,828 
13,078 

€3.88
£0.69

(20,000) 
– 

33,651 
3,709 

163,651 
18,325 

€1.19
€0.70

Alan Williams has not been included as he did not have share options during the year and therefore rebasing was not applicable. There were no changes  
in the interests of the Directors and the Group Company Secretary between 30 September 2011 and 5 December 2011.

Share Options
Options outstanding under the Company’s share option and sharesave schemes at 30 September 2011 amounted to 9,222,548 ordinary shares (taking into 
account the Rights Issue adjustment) (2010: 8,835,902) made up as follows:

Share option schemes 
Sharesave scheme 

Basic tier 
Ireland 
UK 

No. of 
ordinary 
shares 

  5,469,726 
  301,462 
  3,451,360 

  9,222,548 

Price 
range 

€0.64 – €3.88 
€0.67 – €3.14 
£0.63 – £2.39 

Normal 
dates 
  exercisable

2011 – 2019
2011 – 2015
2011 – 2020

Pension Benefits 
Mr. Coveney and Ms. Walker are deferred members of the Group’s Defined Benefit Pension Schemes which were frozen to future accrual from 31 December 
2009. Each Executive Director is provided with a defined contribution payment in respect of future service. During the year, Mr. Hynes’ deferred benefit was 
enhanced by the company to the value of £346,000, reflecting early access by him to his benefits. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45

Directors’ Service Contracts
No Executive Director has a service contract extending beyond 12 months. Each Executive Director is entitled to terminate his/her employment with 30 prior 
days notice at any time within six months after a change in control of the Company if the Executive has reasonable grounds to contend that such change in 
control has resulted or will result in the diminution of his/her powers, duties or functions in relation to the Company. If the Executive’s contract is terminated  
in those circumstances the executive can seek a payment from the Company in settlement of all and any claims arising in those circumstances. The amount  
of the payment (subject to deduction of income tax) will be equal to the sum total of the basic salary and the bonus paid to the Executive in the calendar year 
immediately preceding such termination. The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but have letters of appointment.

Directors’ Remuneration for the Year Ended 30 September 2011

Executive Directors 

PF Coveney 
GP Doherty** 
AM Hynes*** 
DS Walker 
AR Williams**** 

Non-Executive Directors 

EF Sullivan 
JT Herlihy 
PG Kennedy 
PA McCann 
EL Nicoli 
DM Simons 
DA Sugden 

Total remuneration 

Fees 
ordinary 
£’000 

Fees 
special 
£’000 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

47 
46 
46 
46 
46 
46 
46 

323 

323 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

144 
3 
10 
10 
3 
10 
– 

180 

180 

Basic 
salary 
£’000 

647 
95 
56 
400 
220 

1,418 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Pension 
contri- 
butions 
£’000 

Other 
benefits* 
£’000 

Per- 
formance 
bonus 
£’000 

242 
39 
346 
100 
55 

782 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

42 
9 
6 
47 
18 

122 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

501 
– 
– 
312 
170 

983 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

2011 
Total 
£’000 

1,432 
143 
408 
859 
463 

3,305 

2010 
Total 
£’000

1,365
898
711
970
–

3,944

2011 

2010

191 
49 
56 
56 
49 
56 
46 

503 

174
47
47
52
19
52
46

437

1,418 

782 

122 

983 

3,808 

4,381

*  Other benefits refer to health insurance, benefit in kind or car allowances.
**  Mr. Doherty resigned on 31 December 2010. 
***  Mr. Hynes resigned on 3 December 2010.
****  Mr. Williams was appointed on 7 March 2011. 

Share-Based Payments
In addition to the above, the Executive Directors receive share options and Deferred Bonus Share awards. Full details of Directors’ share options are  
outlined on pages 43 and 44 of this Report. The related credit recognised in the Income Statement in the year, calculated in accordance with IFRS 2 
Share-Based Payment in respect of options issued to Executive Directors under the Group Share Option Schemes and Sharesave Schemes, totalled  
£0.129 million (2010: charge of £0.033 million). Full details of Deferred Bonus Plan Awards are outlined on pages 42 and 43 of this Report. The related 
expense recognised in the Income Statement in the year totalled £1.182 million (2010: £1.04 million).

Average Number of Directors

Average number of Executive Directors 
Average number of Non-Executive Directors 

2011 

2010

3 
7 

10 

4
7

11

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

46
Corporate Governance
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Financial Statements in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Irish company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Company and of the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. The Directors have prepared the Group Financial Statements in accordance  
with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. The Directors have elected to prepare the Company Financial Statements 
in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in Ireland (Irish GAAP), comprising the financial reporting standards issued by the Accounting 
Standards Board and published by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland together with the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009. 

In preparing these Group Financial Statements the Directors are required to: 

 •
select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;
 • make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
 •

comply with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Financial Statements; and 

 • prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business. 

The Directors are also required by the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 and the Transparency Rules of the Irish Financial Services 
Regulatory Authority to include a management report containing a fair review of the business and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group. 

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above requirements in preparing the Annual Report.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper books of account which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company, and 
which enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards  
as adopted by the European Union and comply with the provisions of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009, and Article 4 of the European Communities (International 
Financial Reporting Standards and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005 (the ‘IAS Regulation’). They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets  
of the Company and the Group, and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the website (www.greencore.com). Legislation in Ireland concerning the preparation and 
dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Regulation 21 of SI 255/2006 ‘EC (Takeover Directive) Regulations 2006’
For the purpose of Regulation 21 of SI 255/2006 ‘EC (Takeover Directive) Regulations 2006’, the information given under the following headings on pages 34 
(Share Capital), 35 (Directors), 35 (Significant Shareholdings), 42 (Performance Related Annual Bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan), 42 (Performance Share Plan), 
42 (Share Option Schemes), 43 (Directors’ and Company Secretary’s Share Interests), 44 (Share Options), 45 (Directors’ Service Contracts) and 45 (Share-
Based Payments) are deemed to be incorporated in this part of the Directors’ Report.

SI 277/2007 Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 
As required by Statutory Instrument 277/2007 Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 the following sections of the Company’s Annual 
Report shall be treated as forming part of this report:

1.  The Chairman’s Statement on pages 10 and 11.
2.  Operating Review on pages 17 and 18 which includes a review of the external environment, key strategic aims and performance measures.
3.  Financial Review on pages 20 to 22. 
4.  Principal risks and uncertainties on pages 24 and 25.
5.  Directors’ Corporate Governance Report on pages 37 to 41.
6.  Corporate Responsibility Review on pages 26 to 31. 
7.  Directors’ Report on research and development on page 35.
8.  Details of Earnings per Ordinary Share on page 60 and pages 80 to 82.
9.  Details of shares re-purchased by the Company on page 105.
10. Details of Derivative Financial Instruments on pages 90 to 96.

47

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge, the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with applicable 
law and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, as at 30 September 2011: 

 • give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and the profit and loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation;
 •

include, taken as a whole, a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company, and the undertakings included  
in the consolidation; and 

 • give a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board

EF Sullivan 
Director 

Dublin
5 December 2011

AR Williams
Director

#2#1#3Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

48
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Greencore Group plc

We have audited the Group and Company financial statements (the ‘Financial Statements’) of Greencore Group plc for the financial year ended 30 September 
2011 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense, the Group and Company Balance Sheets, 
the Group Cash Flow Statement, the Group Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group and Company Statements of Accounting Policies and the related 
notes. These Financial Statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 193 of the Companies Act 1990. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective Responsibilities of Directors and Auditor
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, and for preparing the Company Financial Statements in accordance with applicable Irish  
law and the accounting standards issued by the Accounting Standards Board and promulgated by Chartered Accountants Ireland (Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice in Ireland) are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on pages 46 and 47.

Our responsibility is to audit the Financial Statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on 
Auditing (UK and Ireland). 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the Group Financial Statements give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, and  
have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and whether, in addition, the Company 
Financial Statements give a true and fair view in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in Ireland and have been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. We also report to you our opinion as to whether proper books of account have been kept by the Company; 
whether at the balance sheet date, there exists a financial situation requiring the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company; and whether 
the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the Financial Statements. In addition, we state whether we have obtained all the information 
and explanations necessary for the purposes of our audit and whether the Company Balance Sheet is in agreement with the books of account. 

We are required by law to report to you our opinion as to whether the description of the main features of the internal control and risk management systems 
in relation to the process for preparing the Group Financial Statements set out in the annual Corporate Governance Report is consistent with the Group 
Financial Statements. In addition, we also report to you if, in our opinion, any information specified by law or the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange 
regarding Directors’ remuneration and Directors’ transactions is not disclosed and, where practicable, include such information in our report.

We review whether the Corporate Governance Report and the Report on Directors’ Remuneration reflect the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions  
of the 2010 FRC UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, and also, at the request of the Board  
of Directors, the two provisions of the Irish Corporate Governance Annex that will be within the scope or our review as specified by the Irish Stock Exchange in 
the next reporting period, and we report if it does not. We are not required to consider whether the Board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and 
controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited Financial Statements. The other 
information comprises only the Directors’ Report, the Chairman’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s Review, the Operating Review, the Financial Review,  
the Principal Risks and Uncertainties, the Corporate Responsibility Review, the Corporate Governance Report and the Report on Directors’ Remuneration.  
We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the Financial Statements. 
Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

Basis of Audit Opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes 
examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the Financial Statements. It also includes an assessment of the significant 
estimates and judgements made by the Directors in the preparation of the Financial Statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the 
Group’s and Company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with 
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other 
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the Financial Statements. 

49

Opinion 
In our opinion:

 •

 •

 •
 •

the Group Financial Statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 30 September 
2011 and of its profit for the financial year then ended;
the Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in Ireland, of the state of the 
Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2011;
the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and
the Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. 

Other Matters
We have obtained all the information and explanations which we consider necessary for the purposes of our audit. In our opinion proper books of account 
have been kept by the Company. The Company Balance Sheet is in agreement with the books of account.

In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report and the description in the annual Corporate Governance Report of the main features of the 
internal control and risk management systems in relation to the process for preparing the Group Financial Statements is consistent with the Financial 
Statements.

The net assets of the Company, as stated in the Company Balance Sheet, are more than half of the amount of its called-up share capital and, in our opinion, 
on that basis there did not exist at 30 September 2011 a financial situation which under Section 40 (1) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1983 would 
require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

David Meagher
For and on behalf of

Chartered Accountants, Statutory Audit Firm
5 December 2011
Dublin, Ireland

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

50
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011

Statement of Compliance
The Group Financial Statements of Greencore Group plc have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and their 
interpretations approved by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) as adopted by the European Union (EU) and those parts of the Companies 
Acts, 1963 to 2009, applicable to companies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of the Group Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2011 are set out below. 

The IFRS adopted by the EU and applied by the Group in the preparation of these Financial Statements are those that were effective for the accounting 
period ending 30 September 2011.

Basis of Preparation
The Group Financial Statements, which are presented in sterling and rounded to the nearest thousand (unless otherwise stated), have been prepared under  
the historical cost convention, as modified by the measurement at fair value of certain financial assets and financial liabilities, including share options at grant 
date and derivative financial instruments. The carrying values of recognised assets and liabilities that are hedged are adjusted to record the changes in the fair 
values attributable to the risks being hedged. Share options and share awards granted to employees are recognised at fair value at the date of grant. 

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently by all the Group’s subsidiaries and associates and have been consistently applied  
to all years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

Following the acquisition of Uniq plc, the Group changed its reporting currency from euro to sterling. This change aligns the Group’s external financial 
reporting with the currency profile of the Group. At the same time, Greencore Group plc has changed its functional currency from euro to sterling. This 
change reflects the increased concentration of the Group’s activities in sterling. The change in functional currency has been accounted for prospectively 
from completion of the acquisition while the change in presentation currency has been applied retrospectively. 

In restating the Group Financial Statements for 2010 and 2009, the reported information was converted to sterling from euro using the following procedures:

 • Assets, liabilities and equity were translated to sterling at the closing rates of exchange at each respective balance sheet date.
 •
 • Differences resulting from the retranslation were taken to reserves.

Income and expenses were translated to sterling at actual rates of exchange for the transactions (or average where this was a reasonable approximation).

The preparation of the Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best estimate of the amount, event or actions, actual results ultimately may 
differ from those estimates.

The Financial Statements of the Group are prepared to the Friday nearest to 30 September. Accordingly these Financial Statements are prepared for the 53 
week period ended 30 September 2011. Comparatives are for the 52 week period ended 24 September 2010. The Balance Sheets for 2011, 2010 and 2009 
have been prepared as at 30 September 2011, 24 September 2011 and 25 September 2009 respectively.

The profit attributable to equity shareholders dealt with in the Financial Statements of the Company was £6.6 million (2010: £5.6 million). In accordance 
with section 148(8) of the Companies Act 1963 and section 7(1A) of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986, the Company is availing of the exemption from 
presenting its individual profit and loss account, which forms part of the approved Financial Statements, to the Annual General Meeting and from filing it 
with the Registrar of Companies.

New Standards and Interpretations
The following standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the International Financial Reporting 
Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) are effective for the first time in the current financial year and have been adopted with no significant impact on the 
Group’s result for the period or financial position:

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Standards 

Effective Date – periods beginning on or after

IFRS 2 

IFRS 3 

IFRS 5 

IFRS 8 

Share-Based Payments 
– Amendments relating to group cash-settled share-based payment transactions 

Business Combinations 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations 
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Operating Segments 
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

1 January 2010

1 July 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Standards 

Effective Date – periods beginning on or after

IAS 1 

IAS 7 

IAS 17 

IAS 27 

IAS 32 

IAS 36 

IAS 39 

Presentation of Financial Statements  
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Statement of Cash Flows 
–Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Leases 
–Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Financial Instruments: Presentation – amendments 
–Amendments relating to classification of rights issues 

Impairment of Assets 
–Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement – amendments  
–Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

1 January 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2010

1 July 2010

1 February 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2010

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 

IFRIC 19 

Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments 

1 July 2010

The IASB and the IFRIC have issued the following standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of the Group Financial Statements, 
which the Group has not early adopted:

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Standards 

Effective Date – periods beginning on or after

IFRS 7 

IFRS 9 

IFRS 10 

IFRS 11 

IFRS 12 

IFRS 13 

IAS 1 

Financial Instruments: Disclosures  
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 
– Amendments enhancing disclosures about transfers of financial assets 

Financial Instruments 2010 
–  Introduces new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets, 

for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities, and carrying over the 
existing derecognition requirements from IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition  
and Measurement 

Consolidated financial statements 
–  Requires a parent to present consolidated financial statements as those of a single 

economic entity, replacing the requirements previously contained in IAS 27 Consolidated  
and Separate Financial Statements 

Joint Arrangements 
–  Replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures. Requires a party to a joint arrangement to  

determine the type of joint arrangement in which it is involved by assessing its rights and  
obligations and then account for those rights and obligations in accordance with that type  
of joint arrangement 

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 
–  Requires the extensive disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements  

1 January 2011 
1 July 2011

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, interests in other entities and the effects  
of those interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows 

1 January 2013

Fair Value Measurement 
–  Replaces the guidance on fair value measurement in existing IFRS accounting literature  

with a single standard 

Presentation of Financial Statements  
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

1 January 2013

1 January 2011

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

52
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011 
(continued)

New Standards and Interpretations (continued)

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Standards 

Effective Date – periods beginning on or after

IAS 12 

IAS 19 

IAS 24 

IAS 34 

Income Taxes 
–  Amendment to provide a presumption that recovery of the carrying amount of an  

asset measured using the fair value model in IAS 40 Investment Property will, normally,  
be through sale 

Employee Benefits (2011) 
–  Revised requirements for pensions and other post retirement benefits,  

termination benefits and other changes 

Related Party Disclosures (EU endorsed) 
– Revised definition of related parties 

Interim Financial Reporting 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 

IFRIC 13 

IFRIC 14 

Customer Loyalty Programmes 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Amendments to IAS 19 (EU endorsed) 
– The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction 

1 January 2012

1 January 2013

1 January 2011

1 January 2011

1 January 2011

1 January 2011

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of the above standards and interpretations issued by the IASB and the IFRIC will not have a material impact on 
the Group Financial Statements.

Basis of Consolidation
The Group Financial Statements comprise the Financial Statements of the parent undertaking and its subsidiary undertakings, together with the Group’s 
share of the results of associated undertakings.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiary undertakings are included in the Group Financial Statements from the date on which control over the operating and financial policies is obtained, 
and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. Control exists when the Group has the power, directly or indirectly, 
to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities. The existence and effect of potential voting rights 
that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in determining the existence or otherwise of control. All inter-group transactions, balances and 
unrealised gains on transactions between Group undertakings are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are also eliminated except where they provide 
evidence of impairment.

Associates
An associate is an enterprise over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence through participation in the financial and operating policy 
decisions of the investee, but which is not a subsidiary or a jointly controlled entity.

The Group’s share of the results, assets and liabilities of an associate are included in the Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting. Under 
the equity method of accounting, the investment in the associate is carried in the Balance Sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share 
of net assets of the associate, less distributions received, less any impairments in the value of the investment. The Group Income Statement reflects the 
Group’s share of the results after tax of the associate. The Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense reflects the Group’s share of any income 
and expense recognised by the associate outside of profit or loss. 

Revenue Recognition
Revenue represents the fair value of the sale of goods and rendering of services to external customers, net of trade discounts and value added tax in the 
ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods are 
transferred to the buyer, it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, which 
generally arises on delivery or in accordance with specific terms and conditions agreed with customers. Revenue from the rendering of services is 
recognised in the period in which the services are rendered on the basis of services provided.

Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is shown at cost less depreciation and any impairments. The cost of property, plant and equipment comprises its purchase 
price and any directly attributable costs. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53

Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost less residual value of each item of property, plant and equipment during its expected useful life using the 
straight line method over the following periods:

Freehold and long leasehold buildings 
Plant, machinery, equipment, fixtures and fittings 
Freehold land is not depreciated

40 – 50 years
3 – 25 years

Useful lives and residual values are reassessed annually.

Subsequent costs incurred relating to specific assets are included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  
All other costs are charged to the Income Statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. When the carrying amount exceeds the estimated recoverable amount, the assets are written down to their recoverable 
amount. 

The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement. 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist  
or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there  
has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case,  
the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have  
been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the Income 
Statement. Following the recognition or reversal of an impairment loss, the depreciation charge applicable to the asset is adjusted prospectively in order  
to systematically allocate the revised carrying amount, net of any residual value, over the remaining useful life. 

Gains or losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment represent the difference between the net proceeds and the carrying value at the date of sale. 

Assets Held Under Leases
Finance Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment, where the Group obtains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 
Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased item and the present value of the minimum lease 
payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant interest charge on the finance balance 
outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in interest-bearing loans and borrowings, allocated between current 
and non-current as appropriate. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the Income Statement over the lease period. Assets held under 
finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their expected useful lives or the lease term, taking into account the time period over which benefits  
from the leased assets are expected to accrue to the Group.

Operating Leases
Leases, where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor, are classified as operating leases. Payments made 
under operating leases, net of incentives received from the lessor, are charged to the Income Statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease. 
Income earned from operating leases is credited to the Income Statement when earned.

Business Combinations
Acquisitions on or after 26 September 2009
The purchase method of accounting is used in accounting for the acquisition of businesses. In accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the fair value of 
the consideration for a business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given and liabilities incurred or 
assumed in exchange for control. The assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. 
When the initial accounting for a business combination is determined provisionally, any adjustments to the provisional values allocated are made within twelve 
months of the acquisition date and are effected prospectively from the date of acquisition.

Where a business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of a business acquired contingent on future events, the Group accrues the 
fair value of the additional consideration payable as a liability at the acquisition date where this can be measured reliably. This amount is reassessed at each 
subsequent balance sheet date with any adjustments to the liability recognised in the Income Statement. 

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

54
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011 
(continued)

Business Combinations (continued)
Acquisitions on or after 26 September 2009 (continued)
To the extent that deferred purchase consideration and earn-out obligations are payable after one year from the date of acquisition, they are discounted  
at an appropriate interest rate and, accordingly, are carried at net present value in the Group Balance Sheet. An appropriate interest charge, at a constant 
interest rate on the carrying amount, adjusted to reflect material conditions, is reflected in the Income Statement over the earn-out period, increasing the 
value of the provision so that the obligation will reflect its settlement value at the time of maturity. 

Acquisitions on or before 25 September 2009
Where a business combination occurred on or before 25 September 2009 and the business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the  
cost of a business acquired contingent on future events, the Group accrued the probable amount of any additional consideration payable in the cost of  
the acquisition as a liability at the acquisition date where this could be measured reliably. This amount is reassessed at each subsequent balance sheet  
date with any adjustments to the liability accounted for as adjustments to the cost of the acquisition and reflected in goodwill.

Goodwill
Acquisitions on or after 26 September 2009
Goodwill represents the difference between the fair value of the consideration given over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets  
of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the fair value of the consideration given  
(i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited to the Income Statement in the period of acquisition.

Acquisitions on or before 25 September 2009
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired subsidiary  
at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the cost of the acquisition (i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited to  
the Income Statement in the period of acquisition. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group 
incurred in connection with business combinations were capitalised as part of the cost of acquisition. 

Subsequent Measurement 
Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. On acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating 
units expected to benefit from the combination’s synergies. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

Goodwill arising on investments in associates is included in the carrying amount of the investment and any impairment of the goodwill is included in 
income from associates.

Acquisition Related Intangible Assets
An intangible asset, which is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance, is capitalised separately from goodwill as part of a business 
combination to the extent that it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will accrue to the Group and that its fair value 
can be measured reliably. The asset is deemed to be identifiable when it is separable (i.e. capable of being divided from the entity and sold, transferred, licensed, 
rented or exchanged, either individually or together with a related contract, asset or liability) or when it arises from contractual or other legal rights, regardless 
of whether those rights are transferable or separable from the Group or from other rights and obligations.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. The carrying 
amounts of definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment testing when events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. Any impairment charge is taken to the Income Statement.

The amortisation of intangible assets is calculated to write off the book value of definite-lived intangible assets over their useful lives on a straight line basis 
on the assumption of zero residual value. Customer related intangible assets are amortised over periods ranging from one to 15 years. Non-customer 
related intangible assets, such as brands, are amortised over periods between three and ten years.

Computer Software
Costs incurred on the acquisition of computer software and software licences are capitalised. Other costs directly associated with developing and maintaining 
computer software programmes are capitalised once the recognition criteria set out in IAS 38 Intangible Assets are met. Computer software is amortised over 
five years.

Investment Property
Investment property is shown at cost less depreciation and any impairment. The cost of investment property comprises its purchase price and any costs 
directly attributable to bringing it into working condition for its intended use. Investment property is depreciated so as to write off the cost, less residual 
value, on a straight-line basis over the expected life of each property. Freehold buildings held as investment property are depreciated over their expected 
useful life, normally assumed to be 40-50 years. Freehold land is not depreciated. 

55

Rental income arising on investment property is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease term of the ongoing leases and is recognised within 
other income.

In relation to the recognition of income on the disposal of property, income is recognised when there is an unconditional exchange of contracts, or when  
all necessary terms and conditions have been fulfilled.

Discontinued Operations and Non-Current Assets Held for Sale
A discontinued operation is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of, abandoned, or is classified as held for sale and: 

 •
 •
 •

represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operation; or
is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operation; or
is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon disposal, abandonment, or when the operations meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale.

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of the carrying amount and the fair value less costs to sell. 
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than 
continued use. This condition is regarded as satisfied only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale  
in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one 
year of the date of classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated or amortised.

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated based on first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average as appropriate. 
Cost includes raw materials, direct labour expenses and related production and other overheads. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price, in the 
ordinary course of business, less costs to completion and appropriate selling and distribution expenses.

Trade and Other Receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried net of provision for impairment. A provision is made when there  
is objective evidence that the Group will be unable to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed as  
being remote.

Any trade and other receivables included in non-current assets are carried at amortised cost (i.e. adjusted for the time value of money).

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost. Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, 
deposits held on call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, are subject to 
insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less. 

Trade and Other Payables
Trade and other payables are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently at the higher of cost or payment or settlement amounts. Where the time 
value of money is material, payables are carried at amortised cost.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of 
obligation as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligation  
may be small.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only when the 
reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the Income Statement net of any reimbursement.

A contingent liability is disclosed where the existence of an obligation will only be confirmed by future events, or where the amount of the obligation cannot 
be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are not recognised, but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefits is probable.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

56
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011 
(continued)

Borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at cost, being the fair value of the proceeds net of issue costs associated with the borrowing. After initial 
recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Amortised cost is 
calculated by taking into account any issue costs and any discount or premium on settlement. Gains and losses arising on the settlement or cancellation  
of liabilities are recognised in finance income and finance costs as appropriate.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the 
balance sheet date.

Finance Income and Expense
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, the expected return on defined benefit pension scheme assets and the unwind of discount 
on assets. Interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. 

Finance expense comprises interest expense on borrowings, unwind of discount on liabilities, interest on defined benefit pension scheme liabilities, changes 
in fair value of hedging instruments and other derivatives that are recognised in profit or loss. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss using the 
effective interest method. 

Derecognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities
Financial Assets
A financial asset is derecognised when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights that comprise the financial asset, which is normally the case 
when the asset is sold or the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, and the Group has not retained substantially all risks and rewards  
of ownership and has transferred control of the asset. 

Financial Liabilities
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced 
by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or 
modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability, and the recognition of a new liability with the result that the difference in the respective 
carrying amounts, together with any costs or fees incurred, is recognised in the Income Statement.

Derivative Financial Instruments 
The activities of the Group expose it to the financial risks of changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The Group uses derivative financial 
instruments such as forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements to hedge these exposures.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured  
at fair value. 

Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative. Derivative instruments which are not designated 
as effective hedging instruments (i.e. trading derivatives) are classified as a current asset or liability regardless of maturity. The full fair value of a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than twelve months and as a current asset  
or liability if the maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

The fair value of derivative instruments is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgement to select the most appropriate valuation 
methods and makes assumptions that are mainly based on observable market conditions existing at the balance sheet date.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception. This 
documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how hedge effectiveness will  
be measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of 
hedged items.

For the purposes of hedge accounting, derivatives are classified as:

 •
 •

fair value hedges, when hedging the exposure of changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; or
cash flow hedges, when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or 
liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction; or

 • net investment hedges, when hedging the exposure to variability in foreign currency when translating investments in subsidiaries held in currencies other than 

the presentation currency of the Group. 

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of all other derivatives which are classified as held for trading are taken to the Income Statement 
and charged to finance income or expense. These may arise from derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied because they are not designated  
as hedging instruments. The Group does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

57

The treatment of gains and losses arising from remeasuring derivatives designated as hedging instruments depends on the nature of the hedging 
relationship, as follows:

Fair Value Hedge
In the case of fair value hedges which are designated and qualify for hedge accounting, any gain or loss arising from the remeasurement of the hedging 
instrument to fair value is reported in the Income Statement as finance costs. In addition, any fair value gain or loss attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted 
against the carrying amount of the hedged item and reflected in the Income Statement as finance costs. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised on an effective interest basis to the Income Statement with the objective 
of achieving full amortisation by maturity of the hedged item.

Cash Flow Hedge
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast 
transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised within equity in the hedging reserve, with the ineffective 
portion being reported in the Income Statement as finance costs. When a highly probable forecast transaction results in the recognition of a non-financial 
asset or liability, the cumulative gain or loss is removed from the hedging reserve in equity and included in the initial measurement of the non-financial asset  
or liability. Otherwise, the associated gains and losses that had previously been recognised within equity in the hedging reserve are transferred to the Income 
Statement as the cash flows of the hedged item impact the Income Statement. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that 
point in time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised within equity in the hedging reserve is kept in the hedging reserve until the 
forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer anticipated to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised within equity in the hedging 
reserve is transferred immediately to the Income Statement as finance costs.

Net Investment Hedge
Foreign currency differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation are 
recognised directly in equity in the foreign currency translation reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, 
such differences are recognised in profit or loss. When the hedged part of a net investment is disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is 
transferred to profit or loss as an adjustment to the profit or loss on disposal.

Taxation
Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date, along with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

The Group provides in full for deferred tax assets and liabilities (using the liability method), arising from temporary differences between the tax base of 
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Financial Statements except where they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability that at the date of initial recognition does not affect accounting or taxable profit or loss on a transaction that is  
not a business combination. Such differences result in an obligation to pay more tax or a right to pay less tax in future periods. A deferred tax asset is only 
recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences giving rise to the asset can be utilised. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not subject to discounting and are measured at the tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Employee Benefits
Wages, salaries, bonuses, social security contributions, paid annual leave and sick leave are accrued in the period in which the associated services are 
rendered by the employees of the Group. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement 
date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it is 
demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without the possibility of 
withdrawal, or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

Retirement Benefit Obligations
Defined Contribution Pension Plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate defined contribution scheme. Obligations  
for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the Income Statement as employee service is received. Prepaid 
contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

58
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011 
(continued)

Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued)
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The cost of providing benefits under the Group’s defined benefit plans is determined separately for each plan, using the projected unit credit method by 
professionally qualified actuaries and arrived at using actuarial assumptions based on market expectations at the balance sheet date. These valuations 
attribute entitlement benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost), and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present value of 
defined benefit obligations). Past service costs are recognised in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or immediately if the 
benefits have vested. When a settlement (eliminating all obligations for benefits already accrued) or a curtailment (reducing future obligations as a result of a 
material reduction in the scheme membership or a reduction in future entitlement) occurs, the obligation and related plan assets are remeasured using current 
actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement during the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations resulting from the passage of time, and is 
determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of the benefit obligation taking into account material changes in the obligation 
during the year. The expected return on plan assets is based on an assessment made at the beginning of the year of long-term market returns on scheme 
assets, adjusted for the effect on the fair value of plan assets of contributions received and benefits paid during the year. The expected return on plan assets 
and the interest cost is recognised in the Income Statement as finance income and cost respectively.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised, in full, in the Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense in the period in which they occur.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Balance Sheet comprises the total, for each plan, of the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
(using a discount rate based on high quality corporate bonds), less any past service cost not yet recognised, less the fair value of plan assets out of which the 
obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information, and in the case of quoted securities is the published bid price. The value 
of a net pension benefit asset is the present value of any economic benefit the Group reasonably expects to recover by way of refund of surplus from the 
plan at the end of the plan’s life or reduction in future contributions to the plan.

Employee Share-Based Payments
The Group grants equity settled share-based payments to employees (through Executive Share Option Schemes, Employee Sharesave Schemes and a 
Deferred Bonus Plan). The fair value of these payments is determined at the date of grant and is expensed to the Income Statement on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period. The fair value is determined using a trinomial valuation model, as measured at the date of grant, excluding the impact of any 
non-market conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each 
balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options or awards that are expected to vest, recognising any adjustment in the 
Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

To the extent that the Group receives a tax deduction relating to services paid for by means of share awards or options, deferred tax is provided on the basis of 
the difference between the market price of the underlying equity as at the date of the Financial Statements and the exercise price of the option. As a result, the 
deferred tax impact of share options will not directly correlate with the expense reported in the Income Statement. To the extent that the deductible difference 
exceeds the cumulative charge to the Income Statement, it is recorded in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense.

Proceeds received from the exercise of options, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to the share capital and share premium accounts.

Foreign Currency
Functional and Presentation Currency
The individual Financial Statements of each Group entity are measured in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates 
(the functional currency). The Group Financial Statements are presented in sterling, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and Balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are recognised in the Income Statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying net investment 
hedges and qualifying cash flow hedges.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and are translated 
at the closing rate.

Group Companies
The Income Statement and Balance Sheet of Group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into 
the presentation currency as follows:

 • assets and liabilities at each balance sheet date are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet;
 •
 • all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.

income and expenses in the Income Statement are translated at the rates at the date of the transaction, normally estimated using average exchange rates; and 

59

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations and on borrowings and other currency 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to equity. When a foreign operation is disposed of, exchange differences that were 
recorded in equity are recognised in the Income Statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Government Grants
Government grants for the acquisition of assets are recognised at their fair value when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and any 
conditions attached to them have been fulfilled. The grant is held on the Balance Sheet as a deferred credit and released to the Income Statement over the 
periods necessary to match the related depreciation charges, or other expenses of the asset, as they are incurred.

Research and Development
Expenditure on research and development is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. An asset is recognised only when all the 
conditions set out in IAS 38 Intangible Assets are met.

Segmental Reporting
The Group reports segmental information by class of business and by geographical area. The Group’s primary reporting segment, for which more detailed 
disclosures are made is by class of business. On adoption of IFRS 8, the Group identified three reportable segments: (i) Convenience Foods, (ii) Ingredients & 
Property and (iii) Malt. Refer to Note 1 for further information. 

Exceptional Items
Exceptional items are those that are separately disclosed by virtue of their nature or amount in order to highlight such items within the Group Income 
Statement and results for the year. Examples of such items may include significant restructuring programmes, profits or losses on termination of operations, 
litigation costs and settlements, significant impairments of assets and transaction costs related to acquisition and disposal activity. Group management 
exercises judgement in assessing each particular item which, by virtue of their scale or nature, should be highlighted and disclosed in the Group Income 
Statement and notes to the Group Financial Statements as exceptional items. Exceptional items are included within the Income Statement caption to  
which they relate and are separately disclosed in the notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

Non-Controlling Interests
Non-controlling interests are stated at their proportion of the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognised. Subsequently, any losses applicable 
to non-controlling interests continue to be recognised and attributed to non-controlling interests unless the parent has undertaken to fund their losses.

Share Capital
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are taken as a deduction within equity, 
net of tax, from the proceeds.

Treasury Shares
Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from total shareholders’ equity and classified as treasury 
shares until such shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in total 
shareholders’ equity.

Dividends
Interim dividends payable are recognised as a liability of the Company when the Board of Directors resolves to pay the dividend and the shareholders have 
been notified in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. Final dividends of the Company are recognised as a liability when they have been 
approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions
Group management makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future in the preparation of the Group Financial Statements, which can significantly 
impact the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Group’s Financial Statements 
are outlined in the relevant notes.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

60
Financial Statements
Group Income Statement
year ended 30 September 2011

2011 

2010 As re-presented*

  exceptional 
£’000 

Pre-  Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
£’000 

Notes 

Total  exceptional 
£’000 
£’000 

Pre-  Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating costs, net 

1 

804,210 
(559,069) 

– 
– 

804,210 
739,863 
(559,069)  (491,996) 

– 
– 

739,863
(491,996)

245,141 

– 

245,141 

247,867 

– 

247,867

2 

(193,647) 

(24,305)  (217,952)  (196,274) 

– 

(196,274)

Group operating profit/(loss)  

before acquisition related amortisation 

51,494 

(24,305) 

27,189 

51,593 

Amortisation of acquisition related intangibles 

13 

(2,638) 

– 

(2,638) 

(2,043) 

Group operating profit/(loss) 

48,856 

(24,305) 

24,551 

49,550 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates after tax 

7 
7 
8 

19,710 
(33,583) 
492 

– 
– 
– 

19,710 
(33,583) 
492 

22,606 
(46,387) 
443 

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

35,475 

(24,305) 

11,170 

26,212 

Taxation 

9 

(3,951) 

12,632 

8,681 

(4,680) 

Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations 

31,524 

(11,673) 

19,851 

21,532 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

51,593

(2,043)

49,550

22,606
(46,387)
443

26,212

(4,680)

21,532

Discontinued operations 
Result from discontinued operations 

Profit/(loss) for the financial period 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings per share (pence) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

* 

As re-presented to reflect the change in reporting currency as set out in Note 38.

EF Sullivan 
Director 

AR Williams
Director

10 

3 

– 

– 

– 

6,307 

2,321 

8,628

31,524 

(11,673) 

19,851 

27,839 

2,321 

30,160

30,822 
702 

(11,673) 
– 

19,149 
702 

29 

31,524 

(11,673) 

19,851 

27,329 
510 

27,839 

2,321 
– 

2,321 

29,650
510

30,160

11 

11 

7.0 
– 

7.0 

6.9 
– 

6.9 

8.1
3.3

11.4

8.0
3.3

11.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense
year ended 30 September 2011

61

Items of income and expense taken directly within equity 
Currency translation adjustment 
Current tax on currency translation adjustment 
Currency translation adjustment recycled to Income Statement on disposal 
Hedge of net investment in foreign currency subsidiaries 
Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension schemes 
Deferred tax on Group defined benefit pension schemes 
Cash flow hedges: 
  Gain taken to equity 

Transferred to Income Statement for the period 

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 
Cash flow hedge losses recycled to Income Statement on disposal 

Net expense recognised directly within equity 
Group result for the financial period 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Notes 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

9 
34 

27 
9 

9 
34 

(300) 
265 
– 
593 
(36,942) 
1,193 

(8,872)
(1,314)
6,424
247
(24,886)
3,650

– 
– 
– 
– 

53
1,526
(430)
96

(35,191) 
19,851 

(23,506)
30,160

(15,340) 

6,654

(16,077) 
737 

(15,340) 

6,366
288

6,654

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

62
Financial Statements
Group Balance Sheet
at 30 September 2011

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investments in associates 
Other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Company  
Share capital 
Share premium 
Reserves 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

LIABILITIES 
Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Other payables 
Provisions for liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Government grants 

Total non-current liabilities 

Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Consideration payable on acquisitions 
Provisions for liabilities 
Current taxes payable 

Total current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

EF Sullivan 
Director 

AR Williams
Director

Notes 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

13 
14 
15 
19 
17 
22 
25 

16 
17 
22 
20 

472,172 
214,847 
34,087 
582 
2,818 
16,364 
56,474 

343,184 
184,532 
32,164 
579 
5,353 
16,304 
39,263 

369,252
291,555
648
583
–
14,940
39,266

797,344 

621,379 

716,244

51,910 
99,333 
– 
81,564 

33,549 
54,747 
2,109 
9,931 

75,228
87,277
–
40,124

232,807 

100,336 

202,629

  1,030,151 

721,715 

918,873

28 

29 

117,004 
171,010 
(96,376) 

191,638 
2,962 

112,536 
102,782 
(66,015) 

119,871
109,252
(75,033)

149,303 
2,444 

154,090
3,280

194,600 

151,747 

157,370

21 
27 
18 
24 
25 
26 

21 
22 
18 

24 

222,216 
130,167 
3,538 
10,815 
34,098 
83 

157,288 
100,474 
4,405 
3,351 
37,191 
97 

313,964
91,201
6,324
5,652
43,517
1,001

400,917 

302,806 

461,659

15,500 
9,442 
253,045 
113,344 
16,274 
27,029 

35,120 
16,028 
185,036 
– 
7,038 
23,940 

19
24,876
240,056
–
10,309
24,584

434,634 

267,162 

299,844

835,551 

569,968 

761,503

  1,030,151 

721,715 

918,873

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements
Group Cash Flow Statement
year ended 30 September 2011

Profit before taxation 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates (after tax) 
Exceptional items – continuing 

Operating profit – continuing (pre-exceptional) 
Depreciation 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Employee share option expense 
Amortisation of government grants 
Difference between pension charge and cash contributions 
Working capital movement 
Other movements 

Net cash inflow from operating activities before exceptional items   
Cash outflow related to exceptional items 
Interest paid 
Tax paid 
Operating cash flows from discontinued operations 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities 
Dividends received from associates 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of investment property 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Acquisition of undertakings 
Disposal of undertakings 
Interest received 
Investing cash flows from discontinued operations 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities 
Proceeds from issue of shares 
Ordinary shares purchased – own shares 
Drawdown of new bank facilities 
Repayment of bank borrowings 
Repayment of Private Placement Notes 
Decrease in finance lease liabilities 
Cash outflow arising on settlement of derivative financial instruments  
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Reconciliation of opening to closing cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Translation adjustment 
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

63

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

26,212
(22,606)
46,387
(443)
–

49,550
16,785
3,383
1,496
(33)
(8,853)
21,300
161

2011 
£’000 

11,170 
(19,710) 
33,583 
(492) 
24,305 

48,856 
17,096 
3,899 
1,744 
(13) 
(11,633) 
(1,552) 
(109) 

58,288 
(24,385) 
(19,876) 
(2,407) 
– 

83,789
(5,620)
(24,948)
(1,112)
(11,783)

11,620 

40,326

485 
(20,036) 
(2,354) 
(618) 
(3,246) 
904 
44 
– 

464
(20,315)
(991)
–
(2,522)
92,640
864
(2,448)

(24,821) 

67,692

–
68,449 
(1,729)
(1,470) 
287,565 
98,459
(220,598)  (169,682)
(43,321)
(16)
(8,294)
(10,754)
(1,124)

(33,013) 
– 
(4,255) 
(10,847) 
(219) 

85,612 

(136,461)

72,411 

(28,443)

9,931 
(778) 
72,411 

81,564 

40,124
(1,750)
(28,443)

9,931

Notes 

30 

30 

10 

19 

10 

23 
23 
23 
23 

29 

20 
23 
23 

23 

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

64
Financial Statements
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
year ended 30 September 2011 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserves 
£’000 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Total 
equity 
£’000

112,536 

102,782 

(14,109) 

(51,906)  149,303 

2,444 

151,747

At 24 September 2010 
Items of income and expense taken directly within equity 
Currency translation adjustment 
Current tax on currency translation adjustment 
Net investment hedge 
Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension schemes 
Deferred tax asset on Group defined benefit pension schemes 
Profit for the financial period 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Currency translation adjustment 
Employee share option expense 
Exercise, lapse or forefit of share options 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 
Shares granted to beneficiaries of the Deferred  

Bonus Award Trust (b) 

Issue of shares – Rights Issue 
Costs associated with the issue of shares 
Dividends 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

1,591 
– 
11 
– 

– 
1,500 
– 
1,366 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(335) 
– 
593 
– 
– 
– 

– 
265 
– 
(36,942) 
1,193 
19,149 

(335) 
265 
593 
(36,942) 
1,193 
19,149 

258 

(16,335) 

(16,077) 

(269) 
– 
4 
– 

(1,322) 
1,744 
(1,144) 
(1,638) 

– 
– 
1,144 
168 

– 
1,744 
15 
(1,470) 

35 
– 
– 
– 
– 
702 

737 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(300)
265
593
(36,942)
1,193
19,851

(15,340)

–
1,744
15
(1,470)

– 
69,255 
(2,321) 
1,559 

1,419 
– 
– 
– 

(1,419) 
– 
– 
(13,236) 

– 
70,755 
(2,321) 
(10,311) 

– 
– 
– 
(219) 

–
70,755
(2,321)
(10,530)

At 30 September 2011 

117,004 

171,010 

(14,792) 

(81,584)  191,638 

2,962 

194,600

Share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserves 
£’000 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Total 
equity 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

119,871 

109,252 

(29,129) 

(45,904)  154,090 

3,280 

157,370

At 25 September 2009 
Items of income and expense taken  directly within equity 
Currency translation adjustment 
Current tax on currency translation adjustment 
Tax on translation of cashflow hedge reserve 
Currency translation adjustment recycled to  

Income Statement on disposal of foreign operations 

Net investment hedge 
Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension scheme 
Deferred tax asset on Group defined benefit pension scheme 
Cash flow hedges: 
  fair value gains in period 
  tax on fair value gains 
  transfers to Income Statement 
  tax on transfers to Income Statement 
  recycled to Income Statement on disposal of operations – 
Profit for the financial period 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
96 
– 

– 

Currency translation adjustment 
Employee share option expense 
Settlement of grant 
Exercise, lapse or forefit of share options 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 
Dividends 

(8,555) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1,220 

(7,800) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1,330 

(8,650) 
– 
12 

– 
(1,314) 
– 

(8,650) 
(1,314) 
12 

(222) 
– 
– 

(8,872)
(1,314)
12

6,424 
247 
– 
– 

53 
(15) 
1,526 
(427) 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(24,886) 
3,650 

6,424 
247 
(24,886) 
3,650 

– 
– 
– 
– 
96 
29,650 

53 
(15) 
1,526 
(427) 
– 
29,650 

(734) 

7,100 

6,366 

16,355 
1,496 
(110) 
(258) 
(1,729) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
258 
– 
(13,360) 

– 
1,496 
(110) 
– 
(1,729) 
(10,810) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

6,424
247
(24,886)
3,650

– 
– 
– 
– 
96
510 

288 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,124) 

53
(15)
1,526
(427)

30,160

6,654

–
1,496
(110)
–
(1,729)
(11,934)

At 24 September 2010 

112,536 

102,782 

(14,109) 

(51,906)  149,303 

2,444 

151,747

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65

Share 
options 
£’000 

Own 
shares 
£’000 

Capital 
conversion 
reserve 
fund 
£’000 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000 

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

2,598 

(19,887) 

792 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

12 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

2,388 

(14,109)

(335) 
593 

258 

(1,085) 
– 
– 
– 
1,419

(335)
593

258

(1,322)
1,744
(1,144)
(1,638)

1,561 

(14,792)

Other Reserves

At 24 September 2010 
Items of income and expense taken directly within equity 
Currency translation adjustments 
Net investment hedge 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Currency translation adjustments 
Employee share option expense 
Exercise, lapse or forefit of share options 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 
Shares granted to beneficiaries of the Deferred Bonus Award Trust (b) – 

32 
1,744 
(1,144) 
– 
1,419 

(281) 
– 
– 
(1,638) 
– 

At 30 September 2011 

3,230 

(20,387) 

804 

At 25 September 2009 
Items of income and expense taken directly within equity   
Currency translation adjustment 
Tax on translation of cashflow hedge reserve 
Currency translation adjustment recycled to Income Statement  

on disposal of foreign operations 

Net investment hedge 
Cash flow hedges: 
  fair value gains in period 
  tax on fair value losses 
  transfers to Income Statement 
  tax on transfers to Income Statement 

recycled to Income Statement on disposal of operation 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Currency translation differences 
Employee share option expense 
Exercise, lapse or forefit of share options 
Settlement of grant 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 

At 24 September 2010 

Share 
options 
£’000 

Own 
shares 
£’000 

Capital 
conversion 
reserve 
fund 
£’000 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000 

Total 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000 

1,605 

(19,584) 

853 

(1,265) 

(10,738) 

(29,129)

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
12 

– 
– 

53 
(15) 
1,526 
(427) 
96 

(135) 
1,496 
(258) 
(110) 
– 

1,426 
– 
– 
– 
(1,729) 

(61) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2,598 

(19,887) 

792 

20 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(8,650) 
– 

(8,650)
12

6,424 
247 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

15,105 
– 
– 
– 
– 

6,424
247

53
(15)
1,526
(427)
96

(734)

16,355
1,496
(258)
(110)
(1,729)

2,388 

(14,109)

1,245 

(1,979) 

(a) 

 Pursuant to the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan, 2,250,752 shares (2010: 1,425,832) were purchased during the financial year ended 30 September 2011 at a cost of £1.47 million (2010: 
£1.729 million). The nominal value of these shares, on which dividends have not been waived by the Trustees of the Plan was £0.02 million (2010: £0.777 million) at the date of purchase. 

The Trustees of the Deferred Bonus Plan have, to date, availed of the scrip dividend scheme and utilised dividend income with a combined value of £0.168 million to acquire 143,420 
shares in the Group with a nominal value of £0.107 million at the date of purchase.

(b)  In the period, 989,582 shares with a nominal value of £0.547 million at the date of transfer were transferred to beneficiaries of the Deferred Bonus Plan.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

66
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011 

1. Segment Information
The Group is organised around different product portfolios. The Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 8 Operating Segments are as follows:

Convenience Foods – this reportable segment is the aggregation of two operating segments, Convenience Foods UK and Convenience Foods US.  
This segment derives its revenue from the production and sale of convenience food.

Ingredients and Property – this segment represents the aggregation of ‘all other segments’ as allowed under IFRS 8 (IFRS 8 specifies that, where the 
external revenue of reportable segments exceeds 75% of the total Group revenue, it is permissible to aggregate all other segments into one reportable 
segment). The Ingredients & Property reportable segment derives its revenue from the distribution of edible oils and molasses and the management  
of the Group’s property assets.

The Greencore Malt reportable segment represented the manufacture and sale of malt. This business was discontinued last year.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker monitors the operating results of segments separately in order to allocate resources between segments and to assess 
performance. Segment performance is predominantly evaluated based on operating profit before exceptional items and acquisition – related amortisation. 
Exceptional items, net finance costs and income tax are managed on a centralised basis, therefore, these items are not allocated between operating 
segments for the purposes of the information presented to the Chief Operating Decision Maker and are accordingly omitted from the segmental 
information below. Intersegment revenue is not material.

During the year ended 24 September 2010, the Group completed the disposal of its Malt business (Greencore Malt), its bottled water business  
(Greencore Water) and its Dutch based Convenience Foods business (Greencore Continental). In accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations, the operations of Greencore Malt, Greencore Water and Greencore Continental were classified as discontinued in the year 
ended 24 September 2010.

Convenience Foods 
2010 
2011 
£’000 
£’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

Total 

2010 
As re-
presented 
£’000

Total revenue 
Less: Revenue from discontinued  

operations (Note 10) 

732,176 

725,852 

72,034 

61,785 

– 

(47,774) 

– 

– 

Revenue – continuing operations 

732,176 

678,078 

72,034 

61,785 

Total operating profit before exceptional  

items and acquisition related amortisation 

49,272 

46,676 

2,222 

4,810 

Less: Operating loss/(profit) from  

discontinued operations 

– 

107 

– 

– 

Group operating profit before exceptional  

items and acquisition related amortisation  
– continuing operations 

Amortisation of acquisition related  

intangible assets 
Exceptional items 

Group operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates after tax 

Profit before taxation 

49,272 

46,783 

2,222 

4,810 

(2,638) 

(2,043) 

– 

– 

46,634 

44,740 

2,222 

4,810 

– 

– 

492 

443 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

78,296 

804,210 

865,933

(78,296) 

– 

(126,070)

– 

804,210 

739,863

7,390 

51,494 

58,876

(7,390) 

– 

(7,283)

– 

– 

– 

– 

51,494 

51,593

(2,638) 
(24,305) 

24,551 
19,710 
(33,583) 
492 

(2,043)
–

49,550
22,606
(46,387)
443

11,170 

26,212

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67

Segment assets 
Assets 
Investments in associates 

Total assets 

Convenience Foods 
2010 
2011 
£’000 
£’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

Total 

2010 
As re-
presented 
£’000

824,225 
– 

606,234 
– 

50,942 
582 

824,225 

606,234 

51,524 

47,295 
579 

47,874 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

875,167 
582 

653,529
579

875,749 

654,108

Reconciliation to Total Assets as Reported in the Group Balance Sheet 
Deferred tax assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets as reported in the Group Balance Sheet 

56,474 
81,564 
16,364 

39,263
9,931
18,413

  1,030,151 

721,715

Convenience Foods 
2010 
2011 
£’000 
£’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

Total 

2010 
As re-
presented 
£’000

Segment liabilities 
Liabilities 

368,715 

165,761 

18,491 

23,450 

– 

– 

387,206 

189,211

Reconciliation to Total Liabilities as reported in the Group Balance Sheet 
Borrowings (current and non-current) 
Derivative financial instruments (current and non-current)  
Government grants 
Declared interim dividend 
Interest payable 
Retirement benefit obligations* 
Income tax liabilities (current and deferred) 

Total liabilities as reported in the Group Balance Sheet   

237,716 
9,442 
83 
5,407 
4,403 
130,167 
61,127 

192,408
16,028
97
5,258
5,361
100,474
61,131

835,551 

569,968

* 

Retirement benefit obligations have been reclassified as corporate liabilities in the current year. In the prior year they had been allocated to segments.

Other Segment Information

Continuing operations 
Capital expenditure 

Depreciation included in segment result 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Convenience Foods 
2010 
2011 
£’000 
£’000 

Ingredients & Property 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

Total 

2010 
As re-
presented 
£’000

17,130 

16,868 

3,899 

24,997 

16,549 

3,383 

3,538 

2,233 

228 

– 

236 

– 

20,668 

17,096 

3,899 

27,230

16,785

3,383

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

68
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

1. Segment Information (continued)
Other Segment Information (continued)

Discontinued operations 
Capital expenditure 

Depreciation included in segment result 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Convenience Foods 
2010 
2011 
£’000 
£’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

Total 

2010 
As re-
presented 
£’000

– 

– 

– 

695 

1,395 

51 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,405 

2,077 

35 

– 

– 

– 

2,100

3,472

86

Geographical Analysis
The following is a geographical analysis of the segment information presented above.

Ireland 

UK 

Rest of World 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

Total 

2010 
As re-
presented 
£’000

Total revenue 

75,082 

83,155 

676,951 

676,119 

52,177 

106,659 

804,210 

865,933

Capital expenditure (continuing operations) 

2,849 

1,954 

15,883 

23,885 

1,936 

3,491 

20,668 

29,330

Segment assets 

28,717 

25,972 

791,034 

584,800 

55,998 

43,336 

875,749 

654,108

2. Operating Costs, Net

Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 
Research and development 
Other operating costs 
Other operating income 

Total operating costs, net 
Exceptional charge (Note 6) 

Total operating costs, net 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

33,170
160,307
4,023
1,413
(2,639)

2011 
£’000 

34,483 
153,574 
3,841 
2,669 
(920) 

193,647 
24,305 

196,274
–

217,952 

196,274

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

17,096 
– 

17,096 

20,216
41

20,257

3,899 

3,469

12,741 

13,024

503 
483 
110 
– 

527
212
644
–

1,096 

1,383

180 
339 
679 
293 

1,491 

2,587 

–
–
622
994

1,616

2,999

(13) 

(73)

(243) 

(308)

3. Result for the Financial Period
The result for the financial period has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following amounts:

Depreciation: 
  Owned assets 
  Assets held under finance lease 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating lease rentals: 
  Premises, plant and equipment 

Auditor’s remuneration 
Fees paid to the lead audit firm: 
  Audit of the Group Financial Statements 
  Other assurance services 
  Tax advisory services 
  Other non-audit services 

Fees paid to other firms in the lead audit firm’s network: 
  Audit of the Group Financial Statements 
  Other assurance services 
  Tax advisory services 
  Other non-audit services 

Government grants released 

Rental income from investment properties 

Directors’ remuneration is shown in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration and in Note 36.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

70
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

4. Employment
The average monthly number of persons (including Executive Directors) employed by the Group during the year was:

Production 
Distribution 
Administration 

The staff costs for the year for the above employees were:

Wages and salaries 
Social welfare costs 
Employee share option expense (Note 5) 
Pension costs – defined contribution plans (Note 27) 
Pension costs – settlement on disposal of defined benefit plan (Note 27) 
Pension costs – defined benefit plans (Note 27) 

Defined benefit interest cost (Note 27) 
Defined benefit expected return on plan assets (Note 27)   

Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit schemes recognised in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets (Note 27) 
Actuarial losses arising on the scheme liabilities (Note 27)   

Total included in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense 

2011 
Number 

2010 
Number

5,462 
612 
629 

6,703 

5,936
633
875

7,444

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

154,983
14,055
1,496
2,119
(5,946)
1,138

167,845
22,188
(21,902)

2011 
£’000 

132,252 
11,321 
1,744 
2,546 
– 
352 

148,215 
21,090 
(19,310) 

149,995 

168,131

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

(21,884) 
(15,058) 

18,405
(43,291)

(36,942) 

(24,886)

5. Share Based Payments
Executive Share Option Scheme 
The Group’s employee share options are equity-settled share based payments as defined in IFRS 2 Share-based Payments. IFRS 2 requires that a recognised 
valuation methodology be employed to determine the fair value of share options granted. The credit recognised in the Income Statement was £0.253 million 
(2010: £0.081 million charge). Grant date fair value was arrived at through applying a trinomial model, which is a lattice option-pricing model. To the extent that 
any options vest, they will ordinarily remain exercisable at any time up to ten years from the date of grant and are settled in equity through the issue of shares 
once exercised.

The general terms and conditions applicable to the share options granted by the Group are addressed in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration. All conditions 
are non-market based.

Options were granted over 80,000 ordinary shares on 26 November 2010. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance measurement 
targets being attained between 26 November 2013 and 26 November 2020, at an exercise price of €1.06. The weighted average fair value of share options 
granted during the year ended 30 September 2011 was €0.28.

Options were granted over 1,035,000 ordinary shares on 30 November 2009. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance measurement 
targets being attained between 30 November 2012 and 30 November 2019, at an exercise price of €1.11. Options were granted over 780,000 ordinary 
shares on 3 June 2010. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance measurement targets being attained between 3 June 2013 and  
3 June 2020, at an exercise price of €1.01. The weighted average fair value of share options granted during the year ended 24 September 2010 was €0.28.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices of, and movements in, share options during the year under the plan:

2011 
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

2010
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
€

Number 
  outstanding 

Number 
€  outstanding 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Expired 
Forfeit 
Adjustment in respect of Rights Issue* 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

  6,070,000 
80,000 
(540,000) 
 (1,265,000) 
  1,124,726 

2.25  5,340,000 
1.33  1,815,000 
(395,000) 
2.45 
(690,000) 
2.71 
– 
1.65 

  5,469,726 

1.65  6,070,000 

– 

– 

– 

2.64
1.34
2.84
2.53
–

2.25

–

* 

 The number of options outstanding and their exercise prices have been adjusted to take account of the effect of the Rights Issue so that holders of options remain in the same position 
as they would have been before the Rights Issue.

Range of Exercise Prices for the Share Option Plan

  Weighted  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

average 
contract 
life 
years 

Number 
€  exercisable

Number 
  outstanding 

At 30 September 2011 
€0.01 – €1.00 
€1.01 – €2.00 
€2.01 – €3.00 
€3.01 – €4.00 

At 24 September 2010 
€0.01 – €1.00 
€1.01 – €2.00 
€2.01 – €3.00 
€3.01 – €4.00 
€4.01 – €5.00 

  1,479,156 
  2,058,228 
  1,208,500 
723,842 

  5,469,726 

  1,355,000 
  1,735,000 
  1,265,000 
  1,015,000 
700,000 

  6,070,000 

7.19 
8.32 
3.04 
5.84 

6.52 

8.19 
9.31 
1.20 
5.56 
6.86 

6.46 

0.65 
1.07 
2.54 
3.88 

1.65 

0.80 
1.34 
2.68 
3.41 
4.89 

2.25 

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

Sharesave Schemes
The Group operates savings-related share option schemes in both Ireland and the UK. Options are granted at a discount of between 15 per cent and 25 per 
cent of the market price at the date of invitation over three, five and seven year savings contracts and options are exercisable during the six month period 
following completion of the savings contract. The charge recognised in the Income Statement was £0.319 million (2010: £0.258 million). Grant date fair 
value was arrived at through applying a trinomial model, which is a lattice option-pricing model.

During the year ended 30 September 2011, sharesave scheme options were granted over 45,224 shares and 896,145 shares, which will ordinarily be 
exercisable at an exercise price of €0.67 and £0.63 respectively per share, during the period 1 July 2014 to 1 January 2015. The weighted average fair  
value of share options granted during the year ended 30 September 2011 was €0.28.

During the year ended 24 September 2010, sharesave scheme options were granted over 9,864 shares and 793,471 shares, which will ordinarily be 
exercisable at an exercise price of €0.75 and £0.71 respectively per share, during the period 1 July 2013 to 1 January 2014 for the three year scheme,  
1 July 2015 to 1 January 2016 for the five year scheme and 1 July 2017 to 1 January 2018 for the seven year scheme. The weighted average fair value  
of share options granted during the year ended 24 September 2010 was €0.38.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

72
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

5. Share Based Payments (continued)
Sharesave Schemes (continued)
The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (expressed in euro) of, and movements in, share options during the year 
under the Irish Sharesave Scheme.

2011 
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

2010
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
€

Number 
  outstanding 

Number 
€  outstanding 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Forfeit 
Adjustment in respect of Rights Issue* 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

256,055 
45,224 
(61,806) 
61,988 

301,461 

0.90 
0.84 
0.96 
0.69 

0.69 

319,067 
9,864 
(72,876) 
– 

256,055 

– 

– 

2,451 

1.09
0.95
1.72
–

0.90

2.88

* 

 The number of options outstanding and their exercise prices have been adjusted to take account of the effect of the Rights Issue so that holders of options remain in the same position  
as they would have been before the Rights Issue.

Range of Exercise Prices for the Irish Sharesave Scheme (expressed in euro)

  Weighted  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

average 
contract 
life 
years 

Number 
€  exercisable 

  Weighted 
average 
price 
exercise 
€

Number 
  outstanding 

At 30 September 2011 
€0.01 – €1.00 

At 24 September 2010 
€0.01 – €1.00 
€2.01 – €3.00 
€3.01 – €4.00 

301,461 

301,461 

253,604 
1,505 
946 

256,055 

1.96 

1.96 

2.71 
0.33 
0.30 

2.69 

0.69 

0.69 

0.88 
2.20 
3.95 

0.90 

– 

– 

– 
1,505 
946 

2,451 

–

–

–
2.20
3.95

2.88

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (expressed in sterling) of, and movements in, share options during the year 
under the UK Sharesave Scheme.

2011 
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

2010
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

Number 
  outstanding 

Number 
£  outstanding 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeit 
Adjustment in respect of Rights Issue* 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

  2,509,847 
896,145 
(20,879) 
(657,103) 
723,350 

1.02  2,555,366 
793,471 
0.79 
(31,733) 
0.87 
(807,257) 
1.21 
– 
0.73 

  3,451,360 

0.72  2,509,847 

43,189 

1.76 

39,824 

1.22
0.90
0.87
1.55
–

1.02

2.08

* 

 The number of options outstanding and their exercise prices have been adjusted to take account of the effect of the Rights Issue so that holders of options remain in the same position  
as they would have been before the Rights Issue.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73

Range of Exercise Prices for the Uk Sharesave Scheme (expressed in sterling)

  Weighted  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

average 
contract 
life 
years 

Number 
£  exercisable 

  Weighted 
average 
price 
exercise 
£

Number 
  outstanding 

At 30 September 2011 
£0.01 – £1.00 
£1.01 – £2.00 
£2.01 – £3.00 

At 24 September 2010 
£0.01 – £1.00 
£1.01 – £2.00 
£2.01 – £3.00 
£3.01 – £4.00 

  3,334,576 
96,352 
18,701 

  3,449,629 

  2,268,333 
29,956 
166,953 
44,605 

  2,509,847 

2.72 
1.62 
1.85 

2.68 

3.47 
1.42 
1.94 
1.87 

3.32 

0.68 
1.74 
2.39 

0.72 

0.88 
1.77 
2.20 
3.01 

1.02 

– 
– 
43,189 

43,189 

15,116 
4,131 
– 
20,577 

39,824 

–
–
1.76

1.76

0.87
1.85
–
3.01

2.08

Deferred Bonus Plan
Senior Executives participate in the Deferred Bonus Plan as outlined in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration. In accordance with this plan, a portion of the 
annual bonus earned by participating senior executives is deferred into Company shares, the number of which is calculated at market value on the date of 
allocation, to be held by a trustee for the benefit of individual participants without any additional performance requirements or matching. The shares vest 
after three years but are forfeit should an executive voluntarily leave the Group within the three year time period, subject to normal ‘good leaver’ provisions. 
The charge recognised in the Income Statement was £1.678 million (2010: £1.157 million). Grant date fair value was arrived at through applying a trinomial 
model, which is a lattice option-pricing model.

On 1 December 2010, 2,033,121 awards were granted to senior executives of the Group under the Deferred Bonus Plan. A cumulative charge of £0.704 million 
was recognised in the Income Statement in FY11. A charge amounting to £0.269 million was included in the Group Financial Statements in FY10 in respect of 
the estimated 2010 charge related to these awards.

On 1 December 2009, 1,866,065 awards were granted to senior executives of the Group under the Deferred Bonus Plan. A cumulative charge of £0.389 million 
was recognised in the Income Statement in FY10. A charge amounting to £0.13 million was included in the Group Financial Statements in FY09 in respect of the 
estimated 2009 charge related to these awards.

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices of, and movements in, share awards during the year under the plan:

2011 
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

2010
  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
€

Number 
  outstanding 

Number 
€  outstanding 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeit 
Adjustment in respect of Rights Issue* 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

  3,208,456 
  2,033,121 
(917,949) 
(666,257) 
  1,069,127 

  4,726,498 

–  1,765,398 
–  1,866,065 
– 
– 
(423,007) 
– 
– 
– 

–  3,208,456 

– 

– 

– 

–
–
–
–
–

–

–

* 

 The number of options outstanding and their exercise prices have been adjusted to take account of the effect of the Rights Issue so that holders of options remain in the same position  
as they would have been before the Rights Issue.

Awards will be granted to senior executives of the Group under the Deferred Bonus Plan in respect of the year ended 30 September 2011. A charge amounting 
to £0.140 million relating to Executive Directors and £0.125 million relating to other awards has been included in the Group Financial Statements in respect of 
the estimated 2011 charge related to these awards. The total fair value of the awards will be taken as a charge to the Income Statement over the vesting 
period of the awards.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

74
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

5. Share Based Payments (continued)
Deferred Bonus Plan (continued)
The following two tables show the weighted average assumptions used to fair value the equity settled options granted in the Executive Share Option 
Scheme, the Sharesave Scheme and the Deferred Bonus Plan.

Dividend yield (%) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected life of option (years) 
Share price at grant (€) 
Exercise price (€) 

Dividend yield (%) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected life of option (years) 
Share price at grant (€) 
Exercise price (€) 

2011 

Executive 
Share 
Option  Sharesave 
3 year 

Scheme 

7.55% 
54% 
1.76% 
3.50 
0.99 
0.88 

5.60% 
37% 
2.73% 
10.00 
1.34 
1.33 

  2010 

Executive 
Share 
Option 
Scheme 

5.60% 
37% 
3.01% 
10.00 
1.35 
1.34 

Sharesave 
3 year 

Sharesave 
5 year 

Sharesave 
7 year 

5.93% 
56% 
0.76% 
3.50 
1.27 
1.10 

5.93% 
47% 
1.48% 
5.50 
1.27 
1.10 

5.93% 
41% 
2.08% 
7.50 
1.27 
1.10 

Deferred 
Bonus 
Plan 

5.28%
53%
1.45%
3.00
1.42
–

Deferred 
Bonus 
Plan

5.43%
52%
2.04%
3.00
1.38
–

The average share price during the year was €0.87 (2010: €1.34).

The expected volatility is estimated based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price over a period equivalent to the life of the relevant option. 
The risk free rate of return is the yield on a government bond of a term consistent with the life of the option.

The range of the Company’s share price during the year was €0.55 to €1.47. This reflects the effect of the Rights Issue during the year.

6. Exceptional Items
Exceptional items are those that, in management’s judgment, should be disclosed by virtue of their nature or amount. Such items are included within the 
Income Statement caption to which they relate and are separately disclosed in the notes to the Group Financial Statements.

The Group reports the following exceptional items:

Continuing operations 
Transaction costs 
Legal settlement 
Restructuring 

Tax on exceptional charges 
Exceptional tax credit 

Total continuing operations 

Discontinued operations (net of tax) 
Greencore Malt 
Greencore Water 
Greencore Continental 

Total discontinued operations 

Total exceptional (expense)/income 

Notes 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 

(d) 
(d) 

(e) 
(f) 
(g) 

(19,366) 
(3,593) 
(1,346) 

(24,305) 
944 
11,688 

(11,673) 

–
–
–

–

–

–

– 
– 
– 

– 

(11,673) 

11,047
(5,040)
(3,686)

2,321

2,321

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75

(a) Transaction Costs
On 17 November 2010, the Boards of Greencore and of Northern Foods plc (‘Northern’) announced that they had reached agreement on the terms of a 
recommended merger of equals to create Essenta Foods. The Greencore Board believes that the merger would have been a compelling prospect for both 
companies, creating a business which would offer substantial benefits for shareholders, customers and employees and it was anticipated that the merger 
would complete in the second quarter of 2011.

Subsequent to the announcement of the proposed merger, Greencore and Northern commenced planning for the integration of the two businesses, 
however, in late December 2010, a third party emerged as a potential bidder for the acquisition of Northern. On 21 January 2011, the Board of Northern 
changed its recommendation in favour of the merger to a recommendation in favour of an alternative cash offer from this third party.

Following this announcement, the Group performed an assessment of an acquisition of Northern and worked with a partner in order to agree a simultaneous 
sale of certain branded businesses of Northern. This approach was intended to provide significant funding and allow Greencore to acquire only the parts of the 
Northern business with the greatest synergy potential. This relatively complex structure required a range of stakeholders to reach agreement. However, after 
substantial investigation, the Board determined that an improved offer could not be concluded on terms which would deliver sufficiently strong returns to 
Greencore shareholders and on 9 March 2011, the Board of Greencore announced that it did not intend to make a revised offer for Northern. The Group also 
incurred modest costs associated with the assessment of another proposed transaction with which the Directors ultimately decided not to proceed.

The total cost incurred on the above aborted transactions amounted to £12.3 million, the more significant portion being comprised of professional advisory 
costs and costs incurred to satisfy the provisions relating to conditionality in making an announcement in accordance with Rule 2.5 of the Takeover Code in 
relation to the proposed Essenta merger.

On 12 July 2011, the Group announced that it had reached agreement with the board of Uniq plc (‘Uniq’) on the terms of a recommended cash offer to acquire 
the entire issued, and to be issued, share capital of Uniq plc (‘the Acquisition’). The offer valued each Uniq share at 96 pence and the entire issued share capital of 
Uniq at approximately £113 million. The Offer Document containing the full terms and conditions of the Offer was posted to Uniq Shareholders on 26 July 2011.

The Group also announced that it intended to raise approximately €80.2 million by way of a fully underwritten rights issue (the ‘Rights Issue’) to fund part  
of the consideration for this acquisition. The Offer was declared unconditional as to acceptances on 29 July 2011. On 8 August 2011, the proposed Acquisition 
and Rights Issue were approved by Greencore Shareholders and on 24 August 2011, the proposed Acquisition received clearance from the Irish Competition 
Authority.

On 23 September 2011, the UK Office of Fair Trading indicated that it did not intend to refer the Acquisition to the Competition Commission and accordingly, 
each of the conditions to the Offer, as set out in the Offer Document, were satisfied or waived and the Offer was declared unconditional in all respects.

On 7 December 2010, the Group announced the acquisition of On a Roll Sales (‘On a Roll’), a convenience foods business based in Brockton, Massachusetts as 
set out in Note 35. The transaction costs incurred on the Uniq acquisition amounted to £6.6 million, the more significant portion being comprised of professional 
advisory costs, and the costs incurred on the On a Roll acquisition amounted to £0.4 million.

(b) Legal Settlement
The Group settled an outstanding claim relating to its former activities and recognised an exceptional charge of £3.6 million in respect of both the 
settlement and the related legal costs.

(c) Restructuring
During the year, the Group incurred certain one off costs as part of a restructuring programme to improve long term operating performance. The costs 
incurred to implement this restructuring amounted to £1.3 million.

(d) Tax
During the year, the Group resolved a number of outstanding tax positions which has led to a one off credit to the Income Statement amounting to  
£11.7 million. A tax credit of £0.9 million was recognised in respect of exceptional charges in the period.

(e) Greencore Malt
The Group completed the disposal of the Malt businesses on 26 March 2010 and a profit on disposal of £11.0 million was recognised in the Income Statement  
in the prior period. The net impact of the disposal on the Group’s equity was an increase of £14.9 million.

(f) Greencore Water
The Group completed the disposal of its bottled water business on 26 March 2010 and a loss on disposal of £5.0 million was recognised in the Income 
Statement in the prior year. The net impact of the disposal on the Group’s equity was a decrease of £2.3 million.

(g) Greencore Continental
The Group completed the disposal of its Dutch-based convenience foods business on 20 August 2010 and a loss on disposal of £3.7 million was recognised 
in the Income Statement in the prior year.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

76
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

7. Finance Costs and Finance Income

Finance Costs 
Bank overdrafts and loans 
Other borrowings 
Interest on obligations under finance leases 
Interest on defined benefit pension scheme liabilities 
Unwind of discount on liabilities 
Fair value movement on hedged financial liabilities (Note 23) 
Fair value movement on fair value hedges (Note 23) 
Fair value movement on interest rate swaps not designated as hedges 
Fair value movement on forward foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedges 
Foreign exchange on inter-company and external balances where hedge accounting is not applied 

Finance Income 
Interest income on bank deposits 
Expected return on defined benefit pension scheme assets 
Unwind of discount on assets 

Net finance expense recognised in the income statement 

Recognised Directly in Equity 
Currency translation effects on foreign currency net investment 
Currency translation effect on foreign currency borrowings designated as net investment hedges 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to Income Statement recognised in discontinued operations  

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

12,313 
4,646 
– 
21,090 
118 
1,127 
(58) 
(2,132) 
(2,105) 
(1,416) 

13,362
9,385
3
21,871
238
5,426
(5,512)
3,312
(1)
(1,697)

33,583 

46,387

(44) 
(19,310) 
(356) 

(864)
(21,649)
(93)

(19,710) 

(22,606)

13,873 

23,781

(300) 
593 
– 
– 

293 

(8,872)
247
53
1,526

(7,046)

8. Share of Profit of Associates after Tax
The Group’s share of profit of associates after tax is equity accounted and is presented as a single line item in the Group Income Statement. The Group’s 
share of net assets of associates is shown in Note 19.

Group share of: 
Revenue 

Profit before finance costs 
Finance income/costs (net) 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit after taxation (Note 19) 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

3,171 

3,303

681 
(3) 

678 
(186) 

492 

688
(48)

640
(197)

443

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

124 
3,181 

3,305 

182
2,103

2,285

1,195 
877 
(1,339) 
(87) 

646 

3,951 

2,162
882
(574)
(75)

2,395

4,680

(3,044) 
(9,588) 

(12,632) 

–
–

–

(8,681) 

4,680

– 
– 

– 

2,693
(1,461)

1,232

(8,681) 

5,912

(265) 

1,314

(1,193) 
– 

(3,650)
430

(1,193) 

(3,220)

9. Taxation

Continuing operations 
Current tax 
Corporation tax charge 
Overseas tax charge 

Total current tax (pre-exceptional) 

Deferred tax 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Defined benefit pension obligations 
Effect of tax rate change 
Employee share options 

Total deferred tax 

Income tax expense (pre-exceptional) 

Tax on exceptional items 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 

Exceptional tax credit 

Total tax (credit)/charge from continuing operations (pre-associates) 

Discontinued operations 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 

Total tax charge from discontinued operations 

Total tax (credit)/charge for the year 

Current tax relating to items charged/credited to equity  
Income tax relating to foreign exchange 

Deferred tax relating to items charged/credited to equity 
Actuarial loss on pension liability 
Cash flow hedges fair value adjustments 

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

78
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

9. Taxation (continued)
Reconciliation of Total Tax Expense 
The tax (credit)/charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the Income Statement as follows: 

Profit for the year 
Total tax (credit)/charge for the year 
Less: Share of profit of associates after tax 

Tax expense at Irish corporation tax rate of 12.5% 
Effects of: 
  Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 

Differences in effective tax rates on overseas earnings 

  Utilisation of tax losses 
  Tax exempted earnings and earnings at reduced Irish rates 
  Effect of rate change on deferred tax balance 
  Exceptional items 
  Other 

Total tax (credit)/charge for the year 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

30,160
5,912
(443)

2011 
£’000 

19,851 
(8,681) 
(492) 

10,678 

35,629

1,335 

4,454

5,946 
869 
(136) 
(987) 
(1,339) 
(11,688) 
(2,681) 

2,763 
1,870
79
(668)
(574)
–
(2,012)

(8,681) 

5,912

Factors That May Impact Future Tax Charges and Other Disclosures
The Group has not provided deferred tax in relation to temporary differences applicable to investments in subsidiaries on the basis that the Group can 
control the timing and realisation of these temporary differences, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
No provision has been recognised in respect of deferred tax relating to unremitted earnings of subsidiaries as there is no commitment to remit earnings.

The tax charge in future periods will be impacted by any changes to the corporation tax rate in force in the countries in which the Group operates. In the UK, 
the Finance Act (No. 2) 2010 included a reduction in the rate of corporate income tax from 28% to 26% (rather than 27% as previously enacted in July 2010). 
This change was substantively enacted on 5 July 2011. The rate reduction applied from 1 April 2011. Furthermore, the Finance Act 2011 promulgated and 
substantively enacted on 5 July 2011 a further reduction in the corporate income tax to 25% from 1 April 2012. Deferred tax balances must be recognised 
at the future tax rate applicable when the balance is expected to unwind. As such, the rate reduction to 25% is reflected in the closing deferred tax balance. 
Further annual reductions in the corporate tax rate of 1% annually reaching 23% on 1 April 2014 have been announced. The Finance Act 2011 did not 
include these additional rate reductions so they are not substantively enacted and therefore not reflected in the closing deferred tax balance.

The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the Group’s provision for income taxes. 
There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group 
recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these 
matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period  
in which such determination is made.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

10. Discontinued Operations
The Group disposed of its interest in its malt, bottled water and Dutch-based convenience foods businesses in 2010. In accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current 
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued operations, these business disposals are considered to be discontinued. The respective profit and losses on the disposal  
of these businesses were recognised in the Group Income Statement within discontinued operations. The details of the profits/losses are set out in Note 6. 
Further details on the net assets of the businesses disposed of and on consideration received are set out in Note 34.

The revenue, results and cash flows of the Group’s discontinued operations (malt, bottled water and Dutch-based convenience foods businesses) in the 
prior year were as follows:

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Operating costs, net 

Operating profit 
Finance income and costs (net) 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit from operations before gain on disposal 
Gain on disposal (Note 6) 

Gain from discontinued operations 

Profit before taxation 
Net Finance Costs 

Operating profit – discontinued (pre-exceptional) 
Depreciation 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Amortisation of government grants 
Difference between pension charge and cash contributions 
Working capital movement 
Other movements 

Net cash outflow from operating activities before exceptional items 
Cash inflow related to exceptional items 
Tax paid 

Net cash outflow from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 

2010 

  exceptional 
£’000 

Pre-  Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
£’000 

126,070 
(92,600) 
(26,187) 

7,283 
256 

7,539 
(1,232) 

6,307 
– 

6,307 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
2,321 

2,321 

Total 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

126,070
(92,600)
(26,187)

7,283
256

7,539
(1,232)

6,307
2,321

8,628

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

7,539
(256)

7,283
3,472
86
(41)
(89)
(26,597)
33

(15,853)
4,836
(766)

(11,783)

(2,448)

(2,448)

(14,231)

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

80
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

11. Earnings per Ordinary Share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares in issue during the period, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares and shares held in trust in respect of the 
Deferred Bonus Awards Scheme and after adjusting the weighted average number of shares for the effect of the Rights Issue and related bonus issue on  
the average number of shares in issue during the year and the prior year. The adjusted figures for basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share are after the 
elimination of exceptional items, the effect of foreign exchange (FX) on inter-company balances and external loans where hedge accounting is not applied,  
the movement in the fair value of all derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments, the amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets 
and the effect of pension financing.

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Exceptional items (post-tax) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments where hedge accounting is not applied 
FX on inter-company and external balances where hedge accounting is not applied 
Amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets (net of tax) 
Pension financing (net of tax) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and pension  

financing included in discontinued operations 

Numerator for adjusted earnings per share calculation   
Result from discontinued operations – pre-exceptional 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and 

pension financing included in discontinued operations 

Numerator for continuing adjusted earnings per share calculation   

Numerator for discontinued basic earnings per share 
Discontinued profit for the year 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations (pre-exceptional) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and 

pension financing included in discontinued operations 

Numerator for discontinued adjusted EPS 

Basic earnings per ordinary share 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

29,650
(2,321)
3,225
(1,697)
1,368
(384)

2011 
£’000 

19,149 
11,673 
(3,168) 
(1,416) 
1,859 
700 

– 

(298)

28,797 
– 

29,543
(6,307)

– 

298

28,797 

23,534

– 

– 

– 

– 

8,628

6,307

(298)

6,009

2011 
pence 

2010* 
pence

7.0 
– 

7.0 

10.5 
– 

10.5 

8.1
3.3

11.4

9.1
2.3

11.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

2011 

2010*

210,574 
(3,905) 
(1,765) 
49,003 
20,030 

208,333
(3,905)
(1,641)
54,760
1,715

273,937 

259,262

Denominator for Earnings per Share Calculation 

Shares in issue at the beginning of the year (thousands) 
Treasury shares (thousands) 
Shares held by Trust (thousands) 
Effect of bonus issue related to Rights Issue 
Effect of shares issued in period (thousands) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (thousands)  

* 

Restated to include the effect of the bonus issue of shares incorporated in the Rights Issue in 2011.

Diluted Earnings per Ordinary Share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares. Employee share options, which are performance based, are treated as contingently issuable shares, because their issue is contingent 
upon satisfaction of specified performance conditions in addition to the passage of time. These contingently issuable ordinary shares are excluded from the 
computation of diluted earnings per ordinary share where the conditions governing exercisability have not been satisfied as at the end of the reporting period. 
Options over 6,899,179 (2010: 7,101,345) shares were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were either antidilutive or contingently issuable ordinary 
shares which had not satisfied the performance conditions attaching at the end of the reporting period.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

2011 
pence 

2010* 
pence

6.9 
– 

6.9 

10.4 
– 

10.4 

8.0
3.3

11.3

9.0
2.3

11.3

A reconciliation of the weighted average number of ordinary shares used for the purposes of calculating the diluted earning per share amounts is as follows:

Denominator for Diluted Earnings per Share Calculation

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (thousands)  
Dilutive effect of share options (thousands) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (thousands) 

* 

Restated to include the effect of the bonus issue of shares incorporated in the Rights Issue in 2011.

2011 

2010*

273,937 
2,392 

259,262
3,210

276,329 

262,472

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

82
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

11. Earnings per Ordinary Share (continued)
Non-GAAP Performance Measure
In the current year, an additional non-GAAP measure for earnings per share is reported, in order to show a metric excluding the effect of the Rights Issue. 
The purpose of the Rights Issue, which occurred on 18 August 2011, was to part-fund the acquisition of Uniq plc, which completed post-year end, with all 
conditions precedent being achieved on 23 September 2011. Given the timing mismatch above, the directors believe it is useful to shareholders to provide 
an additional non-GAAP measure for earnings per share. IAS 33 Earnings per Share requires the inclusion of the impact of the Rights Issue on the weighted 
average number of shares in the period, with an adjustment to the prior period for the bonus element of the Rights Issue. Basic and adjusted earnings per 
share have been computed on this basis. The directors believe that, in order to provide shareholders with an additional meaningful metric for earnings per 
share, which is comparable with the prior year, an additional non-GAAP measure, not prepared in accordance with IAS 33, is appropriate. This measure has 
been calculated using the same numerator as adjusted earnings per share described above while the denominator has been calculated by excluding the 
effects of the Rights Issue and related bonus issue on the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year and the prior year. 

Adjusted earnings per share excluding the effect of the Rights Issue 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

Diluted adjusted earnings per share excluding the effect of the Rights Issue 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

Denominator for adjusted earnings per share excluding the effect of the Rights Issue calculation

Shares in issue at the beginning of the year (thousands) 
Treasury shares (thousands) 
Shares held by Trust (thousands) (excluding the effect of the Rights Issue) 
Effect of shares issued in period (thousands) (excluding the effect of the Rights Issue) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (thousands)  

Denominator for diluted adjusted earnings per share excluding the effect of the Rights Issue calculation

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (thousands)  
Dilutive effect of share options (thousands) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (thousands) 

12. Dividends Paid and Proposed

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:   
Equity dividends on ordinary shares: 
  Final dividend of 4.50c for the year ended 24 September 2010 (2009: 4.50c) 
  Interim dividend of 3.00c for the year ended 30 September 2011 (2010: 3.00c) 

Total 

Proposed for approval at AGM: 
Equity dividends on ordinary shares: 
Final dividend of 2.40c for the year ended 30 September 2011 (2010: 4.50c) 

2011 
pence 

2010 
pence

13.9 
– 

13.9 

13.8 
– 

13.8 

11.5
2.9

14.4

11.4
2.9

14.3

2011 

2010

210,574 
(3,905) 
(1,635) 
1,754 

208,333
(3,905)
(1,641)
1,715

206,788 

204,502

2011 

2010

206,788 
2,137 

204,502
2,548

208,925 

207,050

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

7,814 
5,422 

8,002
5,358

13,236 

13,360

7,948 

8,039

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83

The final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2011 is based on an enlarged equity base subsequent to the Rights Issue.

This proposed dividend is subject to approval by the shareholders at the annual general meeting and has not been included as a liability in the Balance 
Sheet of the Group as at 30 September 2011, in accordance with IAS 10 Events After the Balance Sheet Date.

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2011 will be payable on 2 April 2012 to shareholders on the Register of Members at  
16 December 2011.

13. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Year ended 30 September 2011 
Opening net book amount 
Acquisitions through business combinations (Note 35) 
Additions 
Adjustments 
Currency translation adjustment 
Amortisation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 30 September 2011 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Net book amount 

Year ended 24 September 2010 (As re-presented) 
Opening net book amount 
Disposals 
Adjustments 
Currency translation adjustment 
Amortisation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 24 September 2010 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Net book amount 

  Acquisition 
related 
intangible 
assets –  
Customer 
related 
£’000 

  Acquisition 
related 
intangible 
assets –  
Non- 
customer 
related* 
£’000 

Computer 
software 
and other 
intangibles 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

3,564 
– 
618 
– 
(1) 
(1,261) 

7,483 
43,251 
– 
– 
(66) 
(1,313) 

3,466 
1,953 
– 
– 
(3) 
(1,325) 

343,184
128,318
618
(217)
4,168
(3,899)

Goodwill 
£’000 

328,671 
83,114 
– 
(217) 
4,238 
– 

415,806 

2,920 

49,355 

4,091 

472,172

415,806 
– 

8,579 
(5,659) 

52,683 
(3,328) 

7,708 
(3,617) 

484,776
(12,604)

415,806 

2,920 

49,355 

4,091 

472,172

350,082 
– 
84 
(21,495) 
– 

5,236 
(309) 
– 
63 
(1,426) 

328,671 

3,564 

8,129 
– 
– 
172 
(818) 

7,483 

5,805 
(1,084) 
– 
(30) 
(1,225) 

369,252
(1,393)
84
(21,290)
(3,469)

3,466 

343,184

328,671 
– 

328,671 

8,053 
(4,489) 

9,450 
(1,967) 

5,754 
(2,288) 

351,928
(8,744)

3,564 

7,483 

3,466 

343,184

*  Non-customer related acquisition related intangibles represents all other acquisition related intangible assets, primarily brands and contract related intangibles.

Goodwill acquired in business combinations is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that business 
combination. A summary of the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill by segment is as follows:

Convenience Foods 
Ingredients & Property 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

326,407 
2,264 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

347,603
2,479

2011 
£’000 

413,774 
2,032 

415,806 

328,671 

350,082

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

84
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

13. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (continued)
Impairment Testing and Goodwill
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to CGUs for the purposes of impairment testing based on the business unit into which 
the business will be assimilated.

The recoverable amount of each CGU is based on a value in use computation. The cash flow forecasts employed for this computation are extracted from 
the 2012 budget document formally approved by the Board of Directors, and specifically exclude incremental profits and other cash flows stemming from 
any potential future acquisitions. The 2012 forecast cash flows are projected forward for five years using the same assumptions. A terminal value reflecting 
inflation of 2% (but no other growth) is applied to the Year Five cash flows. A present value of the future cash flows is calculated using a discount rate of 8% 
(2010: 8%). Applying these techniques, no impairment arose in either 2011 or 2010.

The key assumptions include management’s estimates of future profitability based on modest sales growth and inflation expectations, capital expenditure 
requirements including continuing investment, most particularly in Prepared Meals, Food to Go, Grocery and the US, and working capital movements. The prior 
year assumptions were prepared on the same basis. The values applied to the key assumptions are derived from a combination of external and internal factors 
based on historical experience and take into account management’s expectation of future trends affecting the industry and other developments and initiatives 
in the business. Estimation of the carrying value of goodwill is a key judgmental estimate in the preparation of the Group Financial Statements.

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Uniq and On A Roll during the year was allocated to the Convenience Foods segment. Further information in 
respect of the acquisitions and the intangibles acquired is set out in Note 35.

Adjustments to the goodwill allocated to Convenience Foods in relation to the acquisition of Sushi San in 2007 and Ministry of Cake in 2008 were recorded  
in 2010 and 2011. These adjustments arose due to the revision of the estimate of deferred contingent consideration payable to the former owners of  
these businesses.

An adjustment to the goodwill allocated to Ingredients & Property in relation to the acquisition of the non-controlling interest in Trilby Trading in 2009 was 
recorded in 2010 and 2011. The adjustment arose due to the revision of the estimate of deferred contingent consideration payable to the former owners  
of these businesses.

Sensitivity Analysis
If the estimated pre-tax discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows had been 10% higher than management’s estimates, there would have been 
no requirement on the Group to recognise an impairment against goodwill.

If the estimated cash flow forecasts used in the value in use computations had been 10% lower than management’s estimates, again there would have 
been no requirement on the Group to recognise any impairment against goodwill.

85

Land and 
Plant and 
buildings  machinery 
£’000 

£’000 

Fixtures 
and 
fittings 
£’000 

Capital 
work in 
progress 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

88,075 
712 
13,780 
(182) 
2,308 
84 
(2,913) 

89,199 
10,314 
12,773 
(199) 
3,488 
28 
(13,026) 

3,930 
1,561 
25 
(4) 
99 
19 
(1,157) 

3,328 
5,109 
3,409 
– 
(5,895) 
(18) 
– 

184,532
17,696
29,987
(385)
–
113
(17,096)

101,864 

102,577 

4,473 

5,933 

214,847

231,085 
127,972 
(26,108)  (128,508) 

12,354 
(7,881) 

5,933 
– 

377,344
(162,497)

101,864 

102,577 

4,473 

5,933 

214,847

128,187 
7,881 
(19,417) 
1,853 
(2,386) 
(25,000) 
(3,043) 

146,202 
10,772 
(57,156) 
7,788 
(2,329) 
(65) 
(16,013) 

8,569 
1,698 
(188) 
(4,490)** 
(458) 
– 
(1,201) 

8,597 
7,989 
(2,617) 
(5,151) 
(342) 
(5,148) 
– 

291,555
28,340
(79,378)
–
(5,515)
(30,213)
(20,257)

88,075 

89,199 

3,930 

3,328 

184,532

111,464 
205,253 
(23,389)  (116,054) 

10,542 
(6,612) 

3,328 
– 

330,587
(146,055)

88,075 

89,199 

3,930 

3,328 

184,532

14. Property, Plant and Equipment

Year ended 30 September 2011 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Acquisitions through business combinations (Note 35) 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
Currency translation adjustment 
Depreciation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 30 September 2011 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

Year ended 24 September 2010 (As re-presented) 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
Currency translation adjustment 
Transfers to investment property* 
Depreciation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 24 September 2010 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

 Transfers of assets under remediation to investment property on adoption of the amendments to IAS 40 Investment Property resulting from the 2008 Annual Improvements to IFRSs.

* 
**  Reclassification of items of plant and machinery previously presented as fixtures and fittings.

Assets Held Under Finance Leases
The net book value was zero in the current and the prior year. A depreciation charge of £0.04 million was recognised in the prior year in 
respect of assets held under finance leases and capitalised in property, plant and machinery.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

86
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

15. Investment Property

Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers from property, plant and equipment* 
Currency translation adjustment 

Closing net book amount 

Analysed as: 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

648
991
(614)
30,213
926

2011 
£’000 

32,164 
2,354 
(561) 
– 
130 

34,087 

32,164

34,087 
– 

34,087 

32,164
–

32,164

* 

Transfers of assets under remediation to investment property on adoption of the amendments to IAS 40 Investment Property resulting from the 2008 Annual Improvements to IFRSs.

The fair value of the Group’s investment properties at 30 September 2011 was £37.5 million (2010: £43.6 million). The valuation was carried out by the Group 
Property Director and was arrived at by reference to location, market conditions and status of planning applications.

Profit on disposal of property in the Ingredients & Property segment amounted to £0.3 million (2010: £1.7 million).

Investment property at 30 September 2011 represents the Group’s land subject to remediation, upon which no depreciation is provided.

16. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables 
Work in progress 
Finished goods and goods for resale 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

15,276 
673 
17,600 

33,549 

37,683
2,559
34,986

75,228

2011 
£’000 

28,351 
812 
22,747 

51,910 

None of the above carrying amounts have been pledged as security for liabilities entered into by the Group.

Inventory recognised within cost of sales (pre-exceptional continuing and discontinued) 

415,838 

471,991

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

34,696 
– 
3,349 
4,339 
12,363 

61,744
11
11,089
3,929
10,504

54,747 

87,277

2011 
£’000 

72,477 
– 
5,832 
7,242 
13,782 

99,333 

2,818 

5,353 

–

102,151 

60,100 

87,277

17. Trade and Other Receivables

Current
Trade receivables 
Amounts receivable from associates 
Prepayments 
VAT 
Other receivables 

Subtotal – current 

Non-current 
Other receivables 

Total 

The fair value of current receivables approximates book value due to their size and short-term nature.

Non-current receivables bear interest at market rates or are discounted to present value and accordingly approximate fair value.

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risk and impairment losses related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in Note 22.

18. Trade and Other Payables 

Current 
Trade payables 
Employment related taxes 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
VAT 
Declared interim dividend 

Subtotal – current 

Non-current 
Other payables 

Total 

The Group’s exposure to liquidity and currency risk is disclosed in Note 22.

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

153,645 
6,595 
87,354 
44 
5,407 

106,204 
2,753 
70,816 
5 
5,258 

157,340
4,653
71,110
1,352
5,601

253,045 

185,036 

240,056

3,538 

4,405 

6,324

256,583 

189,441 

246,380

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

88
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

19. Investments in Associates

Share of associates’ balance sheet 
Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Carrying amount of associates 
At beginning of year 
Share of profit after tax of associates (Note 8) 
Dividends received 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

Details of the Group’s principal associates, all of which are unlisted, are shown in Note 37.

20. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

1,215 
161 
(523) 
(274) 

579 

1,695
185
(1,091)
(206)

583

583 
443 
(464) 
17 

579 

985
385
(794)
7

583

2011 
£’000 

1,488 
137 
(851) 
(192) 

582 

579 
492 
(485) 
(4) 

582 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

81,564 

9,931 

40,124

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for varying periods, between one day and one 
month, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of cash 
and cash equivalents equals the carrying amount. Note 23 includes details of the Group’s net debt at 30 September 2011.

Included in cash at bank and in hand is £68.9 million received in respect of the proceeds of the Rights Issue prior to year end. This cash was held in order to 
fund part of the payment of the Uniq consideration post year end.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

102,109 
120,107 
– 

38,308 
118,980 
– 

116,566
195,723
1,675

222,216 

157,288 

313,964

15,500 
– 
– 

15,500 

– 
35,120 
– 

35,120 

–
–
19

19

237,716 

192,408 

313,983

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

38,308 
46,064 
72,916 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

128,220
116,069
69,675

2011 
£’000 

– 
222,216 
– 

222,216 

157,288 

313,964

21. Borrowings

Non-current 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Finance leases 

Subtotal – non-current 

Current 
Bank Borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Finance leases 

Subtotal – current 

Total borrowings 

The maturity of non-current borrowings is as follows:

Between 1 and 2 years 
Between 2 and 5 years 
Over 5 years 

The exposure of the Group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual repricing dates at the balance sheet date are as follows:

6 months or less 
1 – 5 years 
Over 5 years 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

73,428 
46,064 
72,916 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

134,567
109,722
69,694

2011 
£’000 

117,609 
120,107 
– 

237,716 

192,408 

313,983

Bank Borrowings
The Group’s bank borrowings are denominated in euro, sterling and US dollar and bear floating rate interest, set at commercial rates based on a spread over 
EURIBOR, sterling LIBOR and US dollar LIBOR, for periods ranging from one week to six months. At 30 September 2011, the Group’s borrowings comprised of 
€65.0 million and $75.0 million with a final maturity in May 2016, and £15.5 million with a final maturity in October 2011.

At 30 September 2011, the Group had available £247.4 million (2010: £246.7 million) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all 
conditions precedent had been met. Uncommitted facilities undrawn at 30 September 2011 amounted to £16.8 million (2010: £8.7 million).

Finance Leases
The Group had finance leases for various items of property, plant and equipment. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with  
the present value of the net minimum lease payments are set out in Note 31.

Private Placement Notes
The Group’s Private Placement Notes were issued in October 2003 and comprise fixed rate debt of $130 million (the US$ Notes) and fixed rate debt of  
£25 million (the Stg£ Notes).

The US$ Notes are all fixed rate and comprise of $30 million maturing in October 2013 and $100 million maturing in October 2015. The fixed rates on these 
notes range from 5.65% to 5.90%. These notes have been swapped (using cross-currency interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges under IAS 39 
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement) from fixed US dollar to floating sterling rates, repricing semi-annually at commercial rates based  
on a spread over sterling LIBOR.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

90
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

21. Borrowings (continued)
Private Placement Notes (continued)
The £25 million fixed rate note has a rate of 6.19% and matures in October 2013.

The average spread the Group paid on its bank borrowings and Private Placement Notes in the year ended 30 September 2011 was 1.85 per cent.

Guarantees
The Group’s bank borrowings and Private Placement Notes are secured by guarantees from Greencore Group plc and cross guarantees from various 
companies within the Group. The Group treats these guarantees as insurance contracts and accounts for them as such.

22. Financial Risk Management and Financial Instruments
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, liquidity risk, credit risk and price risk. These 
financial risks are managed by the Group under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group uses derivative financial instruments, in particular 
foreign currency forward contracts, currency swaps and interest rate swaps, to manage certain of the financial risks associated with the underlying 
business activities of the Group and the financing of those activities. The principal financial risks are actively managed by the Group’s Treasury department. 
This department operates within strict Board approved policies and guidelines. On an ongoing basis, the Treasury department actively monitors market 
conditions with a view to minimising the exposure of the Group to changing market factors while at the same time minimising the volatility of the funding 
costs of the Group.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Trade and other payables 
Consideration payable 
Provisions for liabilities 

2011

Loans and 
  receivables 
£’000 

  FV through 
income 
statement 
£’000 

Financial 
  liabilities at 
Cash flow  amortised 
cost 
£’000 

hedges 
£’000 

Financial 
liabilities 
in fair 
value 
hedges 
£’000 

Carrying 
value 
£’000 

Fair 
value 
£’000

94,291 
81,564 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
6,922 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(117,609) 
(25,000) 
(252,402) 
(113,344) 
(8,989) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

94,291 
81,564 
6,922 

94,291 
81,564 
6,922 
(117,609)  (116,720) 
(95,107)  (120,107)  (120,773) 
(252,402)  (252,402) 
(113,344)  (113,344) 
(8,989)

(8,989) 

– 
– 
– 

The fair value of the financial liabilities held at amortised cost and the financial liabilities in fair value hedges have been calculated by discounting the 
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying period end exchange rates. 

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Trade and other payables 

Loans and 
receivables 
£’000 

  FV through 
income 
statement 
£’000 

Cash flow 
hedges 
£’000 

56,751 
9,931 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
2,385 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2010

Financial 
liabilities at 
amortised 
cost 
£’000 

Financial 
liabilities 
in fair 
value 
hedges 
£’000 

Carrying 
value 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

Fair 
value 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

56,751 
– 
9,931 
– 
2,385 
– 
(38,308) 
(38,071) 
(25,000)  (129,100)  (154,100)  (153,109) 
(185,056)  (185,056)

56,751 
9,931 
2,385 
(38,308) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(185,056) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91

Fair Value Hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

Level 1: 
Level 2: 

Level 3: 

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities 
 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 
(i.e. derived from prices)
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not observable market data (unoberservable inputs)

Assets carried at fair value 
Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges 

Liabilities carried at fair value
Interest rate swaps – not designated as fair value hedges   
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not designated as cash flow hedges 

During the period, there were no transfers between the different levels.

2011 
Level 2 
£’000 

2010 
Level 2 
£’000

16,364 

16,364 

18,413

18,413

(9,416) 
(26) 

(15,803)
(225)

(9,442) 

(16,028)

Interest Rate Risk
The Group’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates arises from it’s floating rate borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and derivatives. The Group’s 
policy is to optimise interest cost and reduce volatility in reported earnings. This is managed by reviewing the debt profile of the Group regularly on a currency by 
currency basis and by selectively using interest rate swaps to limit the level of floating interest rate exposure.

Cash Flow Sensitivity Analysis for Floating Rate Debt
The full year impact of both an upward and downward movement in each applicable interest rate and interest rate curve by 100 basis points (assuming all 
the other variables remain constant) is shown below.

Effect of a downward movement of 100 basis points (cost) 

On Profit after tax 
2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

On Equity

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

(1,349) 

(4,985) 

(1,349) 

(4,892)

Effect of an upward movement of 100 basis points (gain)   

1,201 

4,572 

1,201 

4,487

Foreign Currency Risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk as follows:

Sales and purchases in certain businesses 

 •
 • Dividends
Financing
 •

Sales and Purchases in Certain Businesses
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales and purchases in certain businesses that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of  
the entity concerned. The Group employs foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge foreign exchange exposures arising from these forecast 
transactions in foreign currencies. In addition, substantially all the costs of the Group’s head office in Dublin are denominated in euro. Following the change to 
the functional currency of Greencore Group plc, the Group is exposed to currency risk on these costs. The Group’s policy is to economically hedge these costs in 
the future in order to reduce volatility in reported earnings through the use of foreign currency derivatives as appropriate.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

92
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

22. Financial Risk Management and Financial Instruments (continued)
Foreign Currency Risk (continued)
Sales and Purchases in Certain Businesses (continued)
The Group’s trading entity exposures to foreign currency risk for amounts not denominated in the functional currency of the relevant entity at the balance 
sheet date were as follows (excluding derivative financial instruments):

Denominated in: 

Trade receivables and other receivables 
Trade payables and other payables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Gross balance sheet exposure 

2011 
Euro  US dollars 
£’000 

£’000 

217 
(6,094) 
(94) 

(5,971) 

634 
(2,001) 
1,108 

(259) 

Sterling 
£’000 

847 
(928) 
610 

529 

2010  
As re-presented
US dollars 
£’000 

660 
(853) 
370 

177 

Sterling 
£’000

765
(494)
3,156

3,427

Euro 
£’000 

168 
(817) 
(5) 

(654) 

Dividends
Following the change to the functional currency of Greencore Group plc, the Group is exposed to currency risk on dividend payments to the equity holders 
of the Group. The share capital of Greencore Group plc is denominated in euro and declares its dividend in euro. The Directors intend to redenominate the 
share capital of the Company to sterling, following which the Group will declare its dividends in sterling. At 30 September 2011, the Group had dividends 
payable in euro of £5.404 million. The Group made dividend cash payments of £4.068 million to the equity holders of the Company with the equivalent  
of £1.333 million taken in shares as scrip dividend post year end.

Financing
Although the Group is an Irish domiciled business and governed by Irish law, the majority of its activity is in the UK and therefore it has adopted Sterling  
as its functional and reporting currency. The Group finances its operations by obtaining funding at Group level through external borrowings and, where 
appropriate, these borrowings are designated as net investment hedges. This enables gains and losses arising on retranslation of foreign currency 
borrowings to be recognised in equity, providing a partial offset in equity against the gains and losses arising on translation of the net assets of the 
associated operations. A foreign exchange gain of £0.593 million (2010: £0.243 million) was recognised in equity during the period in respect of  
borrowings designated as net investment hedges.

The Group has financed its investment in the UK by borrowing sterling. Although a portion of this funding is obtained by directly borrowing sterling,  
a significant element of the funding is achieved through US dollar borrowings converted to sterling using cross currency swaps.

At 30 September 2011, the Group was exposed to foreign currency risk on borrowings denominated in euro of £55.9 million. Following the year end, these 
euro borrowings were redenominated in sterling.

Sensitivity Analysis for Primary Foreign Currency Risk
A 10% strengthening of the sterling exchange rate against the euro or US dollar exchange rates in respect of the translation of amounts not denominated 
in the functional currency of relevant entities into the functional currency of the relevant entities would increase profit after tax and equity by the amount 
shown below. This assumes that all other variables remain constant. A 10% weakening of the sterling exchange rate against the euro or US dollar exchange 
rates would have an equal and opposite effect.

Impact of 10% strengthening of sterling vs euro gain 

On Profit after tax 
2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2011 
£’000 

5,525 

450 

On Equity

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

442

2011 
£’000 

6,066 

Impact of 10% strengthening of sterling vs dollar gain/(loss) 

26 

(201) 

4,708 

3,285

The effect on profit after tax and equity of a movement between sterling and the euro includes a gain of £4.6 million on the borrowings denominated in 
euro at year end. These borrowings were redenominated in sterling post year-end resulting in no significant gain or loss being recorded in profit and loss. 
The effect on equity of a movement between sterling and US dollar would be offset by the translation of the net assets of the subsidiaries against which  
the US dollar borrowings are hedged. The above calculations do not include the variability in Group profitability which arises on the translation of foreign 
currency subsidiaries’ financial statements to Group presentation currency.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93

Liquidity Risk
The Group’s policy on funding capacity is to ensure that it always has sufficient long-term funding and committed bank facilities in place to meet foreseeable 
peak borrowing requirements with an appropriate level of additional headroom over peak budget requirements. The Group also operates a prudent approach 
to liquidity risk management by spreading the maturities of its debt to long-term financing. The Treasury Department actively monitor the funding requirements  
of the business. Cash requirements are managed centrally and reviewed on a daily basis. Excess funds are placed on short-term (less than one month) deposits 
while ensuring that sufficient cash is available on demand to meet expected operational requirements.

The following are the carrying amounts and contractual liabilities of financial liabilities (including interest payments):

30 September 2011 

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Trade and other payables 
Consideration payable 
Provisions for liabilities 
Derivative Financial Instruments 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as fair value hedges   
  Inflow/(outflow) 
Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges 
  Inflow 
  Outflow 
Foreign currency forward contracts 
  Inflow 
  Outflow 

24 September 2010 (As re-presented) 

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative Financial Instruments 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as fair value hedges   
  Outflow 
Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges 
  Inflow 
  Outflow 
Foreign currency forward contracts 
  Inflow 
  Outflow 

Carrying  Contractual 
amount 
£’000 

Period 
Period 
amount  1-6 months  6-12 months 
£’000 
£’000 

£’000 

Period 
1-5 years 
£’000 

Period 
> 5 years 
£’000

(17,430) 
(117,609)  (139,664) 
(120,107)  (132,025) 
(3,210) 
(252,402)  (252,402)  (252,012) 
(113,344)  (113,344)  (113,344) 
(969) 
(10,530) 

(8,989) 

(1,870)  (120,364) 
(3,210)  (125,605) 
(390) 
– 
(7,565) 

– 
– 
(992) 

–
–
–
–
(1,004)

(9,416) 

16,364 

(26) 

(11,986) 

(2,005) 

(1,887) 

(8,094) 

(103,156) 
86,691 

(2,436) 
958 

(2,436) 
1,073 

(98,284) 
84,660 

6,668 
(6,566) 

6,395 
(6,298) 

273 
(268) 

– 
– 

–

–
–

–
–

Carrying  Contractual 
amount 
£’000 

Period 
Period 
amount  1-6 months 6-12 months 
£’000 

£’000 

£’000 

Period 
1-5 years 
£’000 

Period 
> 5 years 
£’000

(38,308) 

(41,143) 
(536) 
(39,187) 
(154,100)  (173,907) 
(185,056)  (185,056)  (184,323) 

(539) 

(40,068) 
(3,198)  (131,522) 
(394) 

(339) 

–
–
–

(15,803) 

18,413 

(225) 

(17,707) 

(3,286) 

(2,398) 

(11,848) 

(175)

143,492 
(125,555) 

38,414 
(34,450) 

2,424 
(1,205) 

36,926 
(28,361) 

65,728
(61,539)

5,911 
(6,463) 

1,595 
(1,925) 

3,635 
(4,470) 

681 
(68) 

–
–

Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of financial loss to the Group if a counterparty defaults on its contractual obligations on financial assets held in the Balance 
Sheet. Risk is monitored both centrally and locally. The Group derives a significant proportion of its revenue from sales to a limited number of major 
customers. Sales to individual customers can be of significant value and the failure of any such customer to honour its debts could materially impact the 
Group’s results. The Group derives significant benefit from trading with its large customers and manages the risk by regularly reviewing the credit history 
and rating of all significant customers.

The Group assessed the carrying value of other receivables based on managements assessment and knowledge of the counterparty. The amount was 
neither past due nor impaired at 30 September 2011.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

94
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

22. Financial Risk Management and Financial Instruments (continued)
Credit Risk (continued)
The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset in the balance sheet:

Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Carrying Amount

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

34,696
17,715
9,931
18,413

2011 
£’000 

72,477 
14,572 
81,564 
16,364 

Trade Receivables
75% of revenue in the convenience foods segment are to the top five UK retailers. Revenue earned individually from four of these customers, £156.9 million, 
£131.9 million, £114.7 million and £96.6 million resepectively, represent more than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

The Group also manages credit risk through the use of a receivables purchase arrangement. Under the terms of this agreement the Group has transferred 
substantially all of the credit risk and control of the receivables, which are subject to this agreement, and accordingly £10.1 million (2010: £13.1 million) has 
been derecognised at year end.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:

Ireland 
United Kingdom 
Other Europe 
Rest of World 

Carrying Amount

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

6,231
25,370
70
3,025

34,696

2011 
£’000 

7,850 
60,803 
301 
3,523 

72,477 

Ageing of Trade Receivables
The aged analysis of trade receivables split between amounts that were neither past due nor impaired, amounts past due but not impaired and amounts 
that are impaired at 30 September 2011 and 24 September 2010 were as follows:

Neither past due nor impaired: 
Receivable within 3 months of the balance sheet date 

Past due but not impaired: 
Receivable between 1 and 6 months of the balance sheet date 

Impaired 
Not receivable 

Total 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000

58,120 

28,380

14,357 

6,316

– 

–

72,477 

34,696

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

Trade receivables are in general receivable within 90 days of the balance sheet date, are unsecured and are not interest bearing. The figures disclosed above 
are stated net of provisions for impairment. The movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows:

At beginning of year 
Provided during year 
Acquisition through business combinations 
Eliminated on disposal of subsidiary 
Written-off during year 
Recovered during year 
Translation adjustment 

At end of year 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

1,242
816
–
(476)
(710)
(40)
(33)

799

2011 
£’000 

799 
2,193 
21 
– 
(358) 
(171) 
2 

2,486 

Cash and cash equivalents
Exposure to credit risk on cash and derivative financial instruments is monitored by Group Treasury. It is Group policy that cash is only placed on deposit with 
institutions with a minimum short-term credit rating of A-1 with Standard & Poor’s or P-1 with Moody’s.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for cash and cash equivalents by geographic location of financial institution was:

Europe 
UK 
Ireland and other 

Carrying Amount

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

297
6,648
2,986

9,931

2011 
£’000 

98 
76,688 
4,778 

81,564 

Included in cash at bank and in hand is £68.9 million received in respect of the proceeds of the Rights Issue prior to year end. This cash was held in one 
institution at year end in order to fund part of the payment of the Uniq consideration post-year end.

Price Risk
The Group purchases a variety of commodities which can experience significant price volatility. The price risk on these commodities is managed by the 
Group through the Group purchasing function. It is Group policy to minimise its exposure to volatility by adopting an appropriate forward purchase strategy.

Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments recognised as assets and liabilities in the Group Balance Sheet are analysed as follows:

Current 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as hedges 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not designated as cash flow hedges 

Non-current 
Cross currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Total 

Assets 
£’000 

2011   
Liabilities 
£’000 

Net 
£’000

– 
– 

– 

(9,416) 
(26) 

(9,416)
(26)

(9,442) 

(9,442)

16,364 

16,364 

– 

– 

16,364

16,364

16,364 

(9,442) 

6,922

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

96
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

22. Financial Risk Management and Financial Instruments (continued)
Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

Current 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as hedges 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not designated as cash flow hedges 
Cross currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Non-current 
Cross currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Total 

2010   

Assets 
£’000 

Liabilities 
£’000 

Net 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

– 
– 
2,109 

(15,803) 
(225) 
– 

(15,803)
(225)
2,109

2,109 

(16,028) 

(13,919)

16,304 

16,304 

– 

– 

16,304

16,304

18,413 

(16,028) 

2,385

Derivative instruments which are not designated as effective hedging instruments (i.e. trading derivatives) are classified as a current asset or liability regardless 
of maturity. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than  
12 months and as a current asset or liability if the maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

Cross Currency Interest Rate Swaps
The Group utilises cross-currency interest rate swaps to swap fixed rate US$ denominated debt of US$130 million into floating rate sterling debt of  
Stg£78 million. The floating rates are based on sterling LIBOR. These swaps are designated as fair value hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement.

Interest Rate Swaps
The Group utilises interest rate swaps, not designated as hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, to swap floating  
rate sterling and US$ liabilities into fixed rate sterling and US$ liabilities respectively. The principal amounts of the Group’s borrowings which are swapped  
at 30 September 2011 total Stg£75 million and US$30 million (2010: total €50 million, Stg£90 million and US$45 million). At 30 September 2011, the fixed 
interest rates vary from 4.30% to 5.70% (2010: 3.04% to 5.70%) and the floating rates are based on sterling LIBOR and US Dollar LIBOR. At 30 September 
2011, the maturity profile of the interest rate swaps ranged from 28 October 2013 to 28 October 2015.

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts
The notional principal amounts of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at 30 September 2011 total £6.7 million (2010: £24.5 million). A net gain of 
£nil (2010: £1.533 million) was recognised in the cash flow reserve in equity at 30 September 2011 on foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash 
flow hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. A gain of £nil (2010: £0.511 million) was recognised in the Income Statement, 
presented as part of discontinued operations, in respect of ineffective cash flow hedges in the period. No outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts are 
designated in cash flow hedges at 30 September 2011. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97

23. Analysis of Net Debt
Reconciliation of Opening to Closing Net Debt
Net debt is a non-IFRS measure which comprises current and non-current borrowings and the cross-currency interest rate swaps in fair value hedges 
related to the Private Placement Notes less cash and cash equivalents. It does not include other derivative financial instruments, but does include the 
proportion of the fair value of the hedging adjustment on the Private Placement Notes which is included in their carrying value on the balance sheet.

The reconciliation of opening to closing net debt for the year ended 30 September 2011 is as follows:

At 24 
  September 

2010  Acquisitions 
£’000 
£’000 

Hedge 

  Translation 
and 

At 30 
non-cash  September 
2011 
£’000

Cash flow  adjustment  adjustments 
£’000 

£’000 

£’000 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps– fair value hedges 

Total 

9,931 
(38,308) 
(154,100) 
18,413 

8,364 
(15,500) 
– 
– 

64,047 
(66,967)* 
35,120 
(2,107) 

– 
– 
(1,127) 
58 

(778) 
3,166 
– 
– 

81,564
(117,609)
(120,107)
16,364

(164,064) 

(7,136) 

30,093 

(1,069) 

2,388 

(139,788)

* 

 The Group refinanced its revolving credit facility during the year which resulted in the repayment of existing facilities totalling £220.6 million on 21 May 2011 and the draw down of 
£220.6 million of new facilities on the same date.

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Finance leases 
Private Placement Notes 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps– fair value hedges 

At 25 
September 
2009 
£’000 

40,124 
(116,566) 
(1,694) 
(195,723) 
14,940 

Disposals 
£’000 

(2,474) 
– 
1,629 
– 
– 

and 
non-cash 
Cash flow  adjustment  adjustments 
£’000 

At 24 
  Translation  September 
2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

Hedge 

£’000 

£’000 

(25,969) 
71,223* 
16 
45,399 
(2,078) 

– 
– 
– 
(5,426) 
5,512 

(1,750) 
7,035 
49 
1,650 
39 

9,931
(38,308)
–
(154,100)
18,413

Total 

(258,919) 

(845) 

88,591 

86 

7,023 

(164,064)

* 

 During the prior year, the Group used its bank borrowing facilities to drawdown £98.5 million. The Group used £95.1 million of this drawdown to restructure its debt currency profile.  
The Group also repaid £169.7 million of its bank borrowing facilities during the prior year.

Comparable Net Debt
Comparable net debt is a non-IFRS performance measure used by the Group as a key performance indicator. Comparable net debt comprises net debt 
excluding the impact of derivative financial instruments and fair value of the Private Placement Notes. The reconciliation of comparable net debt for the 
year ended 30 September 2011 is set out in the following table.

At 24 
  September 

2010  Acquisitions 
£’000 
£’000 

  Translation 
and 

At 30 
non-cash  September 
2011 
£’000

Cash flow  adjustments 
£’000 

£’000 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 

Total 

9,931 
(38,308) 
(136,044) 

8,364 
(15,500) 
– 

64,047 
(66,967)* 
33,013 

(778) 
3,166 
– 

81,564
(117,609)
(103,031)

(164,421) 

(7,136) 

30,093 

2,388 

(139,076)

* 

 The Group refinanced its revolving credit facility during the year which resulted in the repayment of existing facilities totalling £220.6 million on 21 May 2011 and the draw down of 
£220.6 million of new facilities on the same date.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

98
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

23. Analysis of Net Debt (continued)
Comparable Net Debt (continued)

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Finance leases 
Private Placement Notes 

Total 

At 25 
September 
2009 
£’000 

40,124 
(116,566) 
(1,694) 
(181,054) 

At 24 
  Translation  September 
2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

and 
non-cash 
Cash flow  adjustments 
£’000 

£’000 

Disposals 
£’000 

(2,474) 
– 
1,629 
– 

(25,969) 
71,223* 
16 
43,321 

(1,750) 
7,035 
49 
1,689 

9,931
(38,308)
–
(136,044)

(259,190) 

(845) 

88,591 

7,023 

(164,421)

* 

 During the year, the Group used its bank borrowing facilities to drawdown £96.6 million. The Group used £93.3 million of this drawdown to restructure its debt currency profile. The Group 
also repaid £166.5 million of its bank borrowing facilities during the year.

Currency Profile
The currency profile of net debt and derivative financial instruments at 30 September 2011 was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 

US dollar 
£’000 

2,777 
(48,284) 
(1,515) 

Euro 
£’000 

Sterling 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

4,969 

81,564
73,818 
(55,939)  (133,493)  (237,716)
8,437 
6,922

– 

The currency profile of net debt and derivative financial instruments at 24 September 2010 was as follows:

(47,022) 

(50,970) 

(51,238)  (149,230)

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 

Interest Rate Profile
The interest rate profile of net debt at 30 September 2011 was as follows:

EUR 
STG 
USD 

The interest rate profile of net debt at 24 September 2010 was as follows:

EUR 
STG 
USD 

US dollar 
£’000 

3,542 
(38,308) 
(2,182) 

Euro 
£’000 

5,327 
– 
8,512 

Total 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

Sterling 
£’000 

1,062 

9,931
(154,100)  (192,408)
2,385

(3,945) 

(36,948) 

13,839 

(156,983)  (180,092)

 Floating rate 
net debt 
£’000 

Fixed rate 
net debt 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

(53,018) 
42,376 
(26,055) 

– 
(100,000) 
(19,314) 

(53,018)
(57,624)
(45,369)

(36,697)  (119,314)  (156,011)

  Floating rate 
net debt 
£’000 

Fixed rate 
net debt 
£’000 

Total 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

5,327 

5,327
(19,624)  (115,000)  (134,624)
(34,767)
(47,885) 
13,118 

– 

(1,179)  (162,885)  (164,064)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

24. Provisions for Liabilities

At beginning of year 
Acquisitions through business combinations (Note 35) 
Utilised in year 
Unwind of discount to present value in the year 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

Analysed as:

Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 

Deferred 
contingent 
consideration 
£’000 

 Remediation 
and 
closure 
£’000 

Leases 
£’000 

134 
– 
(134) 
– 
– 

4,633 
5,661 
(242) 
117 
8 

5,622 
11,948 
(2,764) 
– 
105 

– 

10,177 

14,911 

Other 
£’000 

– 
2,001 
– 
– 
– 

2,001 

Total 
£’000

10,389
19,610
(3,140)
117
113

27,089

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

3,351 
7,038 

5,652
10,309

10,389 

15,961

2011 
£’000 

10,815 
16,274 

27,089 

Deferred Contingent Consideration
Deferred contingent consideration at 24 September 2010 represented the estimated amount payable in respect of the acquisition of the non-controlling 
interest in Trilby Trading Limited which was paid in December 2010.

Leases
Lease provisions consist of (a) provisions for leasehold dilapidations in respect of certain leases, relating to the estimated cost of reinstating leasehold premises 
to their original condition at the time of the inception of the lease as provided for in the lease agreement; and (b) provisions for onerous contractual obligations 
for properties held under operating lease. It is anticipated that these will be payable within seven years.

Remediation and Closure
Remediation and closure obligations were established to cover either a statutory, contractual or constructive obligation of the Group.

In the Ingredients & Property segment, remediation and closure obligations primarily relate to the closure of Irish Sugar and the exit from sugar processing.

On 20 January 2011, the board of Uniq plc announced that its Minsterley facility had been given notice of the loss of approximately £10 million of annualised 
sales as from April 2011 and that the board had commenced a comprehensive review of its desserts business. On 12 July 2011, the board of Uniq plc 
announced its decision to withdraw from yoghurt production in April 2012 due to a reduction in the margins achievable in this sector. On 22 August 2011, the 
board of Uniq plc announced the results of the review of its desserts business. They decided to focus on their premium desserts and Muller/Cadbury desserts 
businesses and to exit their loss making everyday desserts business. The restructuring provision has been established to cover the cost of this restructuring.

The estimation of remediation and closure provisions is a key judgement in the preparation of the financial statements. A portion of the balance provided is not 
contracted and accordingly the timing of payments is subject to a degree of uncertainty. A significant amount of the costs will be incurred by September 2012.

Other
Other provisions primarily consist of provisions for litigation and warranty claims arising from the sale and closure of businesses. It is anticipated that these 
will be payable within five years.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

100
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

25. Deferred Taxation
The Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are analysed as follows:

At beginning of year 
Income Statement charge (Note 9) 
Tax charged to equity (Note 9) 
Arising on acquisition (Note 35) 
Currency translation adjustment and other 

At end of year 

Property,  Acquisition  Retirement 
benefit 
related 
plant and 
intangibles  obligations 
  equipment 
£’000 
£’000 

£’000 

(16,652) 
5,886 
– 
12,244 
(2) 

(2,864) 
647 
– 
(9,574) 
1 

23,450 
(145) 
1,193 
– 
– 

1,476 

(11,790) 

24,498 

Deferred tax assets (deductible temporary differences) 
Deferred tax liabilities (taxable temporary differences) 

23,631 
(22,155) 

148 
(11,938) 

24,498 
– 

Net deferred tax asset/(liability) 

1,476 

(11,790) 

24,498 

Tax 
losses 
£’000 

– 
– 
– 
7,500 
– 

7,500 

7,500 
– 

7,500 

Property,  Acquisition  Retirement 
benefit 
related 
plant and 
  equipment 
£’000 

Derivative 
financial 
intangibles  obligations  instruments 
£’000 

£’000 

£’000 

At beginning of year 
Income Statement charge (Note 9) 
Tax charged to equity (Note 9) 
Discontinued tax credit (Note 9) 
Disposals (Note 34) 
Currency translation adjustment and other 

At end of year 

(22,198) 
(2,123) 
– 
1,461 
5,756 
452 

(3,225) 
113 
– 
– 
– 
248 

22,204 
(882) 
3,650 
– 
(1,500) 
(22) 

(16,652) 

(2,864) 

23,450 

Deferred tax assets (deductible temporary differences) 
Deferred tax liabilities (taxable temporary differences) 

14,271 
(30,923) 

– 
(2,864) 

23,450 
– 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset 

(16,652) 

(2,864) 

23,450 

491 
– 
(430) 
– 
(35) 
(26) 

– 

– 
– 

– 

Employee 
share 
options 
£’000 

116 
87 
– 
– 
– 

203 

203 
– 

203 

Employee 
share 
options 
£’000 

46 
75 
– 
– 
– 
(5) 

116 

116 
– 

116 

Other 
£’000 

(1,978) 
2,467 
– 
– 
– 

2011 
Total 
£’000

2,072
8,942
1,193
10,170
(1)

489 

22,376

494 
(5) 

56,474
(34,098)

489 

22,376

2010 
As re- 
presented 
Total 
£’000

(4,251)
(2,395)
3,220
1,461
3,961
76

2,072

Other 
£’000 

(1,569) 
422 
– 
– 
(260) 
(571) 

(1,978) 

1,426 
(3,404) 

(1,978) 

39,263
(37,191)

2,072

No deferred tax asset is recognised in respect of certain tax losses incurred by the Group on the grounds that there is insufficient evidence that the assets will  
be recoverable. In the event that sufficient profits are generated in the relevant jurisdictions in the future, these assets may be recovered. The unrecognised 
deferred tax asset at 30 September 2011 was £113.0 million (2010: £15.4 million) of which £92.8 million arose on the acquisition of Uniq plc.

No deferred tax asset is recognised in respect of certain capital losses incurred by the Group on the grounds that there is insufficient evidence that the assets 
will be recoverable. The unrecognised deferred tax asset at 30 September 2011 was £12.7 million (2010: £3.8 million) of which £1.5 million arose on the 
acquisition of Uniq plc.

26. Government Grants

At beginning of year 
Received in year 
Amortised in year 
Disposals 
Repaid in year 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

1,001 
– 
(73) 
(785) 
– 
(46) 

829
146
(102)
–
(6)
134

97 

1,001

2011 
£’000 

97 
– 
(13) 
– 
– 
(1) 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

27. Retirement Benefit Obligations
The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes in all of its main operating locations. The Group also has defined benefit schemes as set out 
below. Scheme assets are held in separate trustee administered funds.

Defined Contribution Schemes
The total cost charged to income of £2.546 million (2010: £2.119 million) represents employer contributions payable to these schemes at rates specified in the 
rules of the schemes. At year-end, £0.256 million (2010: £0.327 million) was included in other accruals in respect of defined contribution pension accruals.

Defined Benefit Schemes
The Group operates four defined benefit schemes in the Republic of Ireland and three defined benefit schemes in the UK (the UK schemes). In addition, the 
Group acquired one defined benefit scheme and two benefit commitments as part of the Uniq acquisition (the Uniq schemes). The Projected Unit Credit 
actuarial cost method has been employed in determining the present value of the defined benefit obligation arising, the related current service cost and,  
where applicable, past service cost.

All of the defined benefit schemes are closed to future accrual and there is an assumption applied in the valuation of the schemes that there will be no 
discretionary increases in pensions in payment.

Actuarial gains and losses and the associated movement in the deferred tax asset are recognised in retained income via the Statement of Recognised 
Income and Expense.

Full actuarial valuations were carried out between 1 April 2007 and 1 April 2010. In general, actuarial valuations are not available for public inspection, 
however, the results of valuations are advised to the members of the various schemes.

The size of the obligation is sensitive to judgmental actuarial assumptions. These include demographic assumptions covering mortality, economic 
assumptions covering price inflation and benefit increases, together with the discount rate. The expected return on plan assets is also a key judgement.

The principal actuarial assumptions were as follows:

Rate of increase in pension payment 
Discount rate 
Inflation rate 

The expected long-term rates of return on the assets of the schemes were as follows:

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash/Other 

2011 

0%-3.10% 
5.20%-5.25% 
1.90%-3.10% 

2010

0%-3.00%
4.90%-5.20%
1.80%-3.00%

2011 

7.28%-8.00% 
3.28%-5.25% 
7.00% 
2.00% 

2010

7.94%-8.50%
3.10%-5.07%
7.50%
1.00%

The expected long-term rate of return on scheme assets is calculated taking account of the available yield on fixed interest stock and allows for additional 
returns on the growth assets.

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on information from published statistics and experience in all geographic regions and  
are selected to reflect the characteristics and experience of the membership of the relevant plans. In relation to the UK, this has been done by adjusting 
standard mortality tables to reflect recent research into mortality experience in the UK (S1N (YoB) MC tables combined with an underpin for improvements 
factors). The average life expectancy, in years, of a pensioner retiring at 65 is as follows:

Male 
Female 

2011 
years 

22-26 
24-28 

2010 
years

20-26
23-28

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

102
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

27. Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued)
Sensitivity of Pension Liability to Judgmental Assumptions

Assumption 

Discount rate 
Rate of inflation 
Rate of mortality 

Market Value of the Assets of the Schemes

Change in assumption 

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Members assumed to live 1 year longer 

Decrease/increase by 7.2%
Increase/decrease by 4.6%
Increase by 2.6%

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash/Other 

Total market value at end of year 
Present value of scheme liabilities 

Deficit in schemes 
Deferred tax asset (Note 25) 

Net liability at end of year 

Defined Benefit Pension Assets and Liabilities are Analysed in the Group Balance Sheet 

Non-current liabilities 

Expense Charged in the Group Income Statement in Respect of Defined Benefit Pension Schemes

Current service costs (included in operating costs) 
Past service costs 

Total included in staff costs (Note 4) 

Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 

Total included in finance costs (continuing and discontinued) 

The total return on plan assets for the year was a loss of £4.097 million (2010: £40.307 million gain).

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

179,654 
118,539 
14,268 
11,060 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

191,192
104,803
18,197
2,856

2011 
£’000 

137,881 
98,139 
18,297 
60,375 

314,692 
323,521 
(444,859)  (423,995) 

317,048
(408,249)

(130,167)  (100,474) 
23,450 

24,498 

(91,201)
22,204

(105,669) 

(77,024) 

(68,997)

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2009 
£’000

(130,167)  (100,474) 

(91,201)

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

1,138
–

1,138

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

– 
352 

352 

2011 
£’000 

21,090 
(19,310) 

22,188
(21,902)

1,780 

286

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

(21,884) 
(15,058) 

18,405
(43,291)

(36,942) 

(24,886)

2011 
£’000 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

(115,932)
8,713

(132,105)  (107,219)
(24,886)

(36,942) 

(169,047)  (132,105)

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

317,048
21,902
18,405
(7,469)
–
10,079
508
(22,486)
(14,466)

2011 
£’000 

323,521 
19,310 
(21,884) 
– 
967 
11,985 
3 
(22,126) 
2,916 

314,692 

323,521

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

408,249
1,138
–
22,188
(13,415)
–
43,291
508
(22,486)
(15,478)

2011 
£’000 

423,995 
– 
352 
21,090 
– 
3,413 
15,058 
3 
(22,126) 
3,074 

444,859 

423,995

Actuarial Losses Recognised in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 
Actuarial losses arising on the scheme liabilities 

Total included in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense 

Cumulative Actuarial Loss Recognised in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense

At beginning of year, as previously reported 
Effect of change in presentation currency 

At beginning of year 
Actuarial loss for the year 

At end of year 

Movement in the Fair Value of Plan Assets

At beginning of year 
Expected return on plan assets 
Actuarial (losses)/gains on plan assets 
Settlement on disposal of operations 
Acquisitions through business combinations 
Contributions by employers 
Contributions by members 
Benefits paid 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

Movement in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations

At beginning of year 
Current service costs 
Past service cost 
Interest cost 
Settlement on disposal of operations 
Acquisitions through business combinations 
Actuarial loss 
Contributions by members 
Benefits paid 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

104
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

27. Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued)
History of Experience Adjustments

Present value of defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets 

Deficit in the schemes 

Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets (£’000) 
As a percentage of scheme assets 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2008 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2007 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2011 
£’000 

(444,859)  (423,995)  (408,249)  (360,169)  (399,334)
381,368
317,048 
314,692 

306,925 

323,521 

(130,167)  (100,474) 

(91,201) 

(53,244) 

(17,966)

2010 
As re- 
presented 

2009 
As re- 
presented 

2008 
As re- 
presented 

2007 
As re- 
presented

18,405 
5.7% 

(33,129)  (115,228) 
37.5% 

10.4% 

(8,077)
2.1% 

2011 

(21,884) 
7.0% 

Actuarial (losses)/gains on scheme liabilities (£’000) 
As a percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities   

(15,058) 
3.4% 

(43,291) 
10.2% 

(10,417) 
2.6% 

65,779 
18.3% 

12,641
3.2% 

Total recognised in Statement of Recognised Income and Expenses (£’000) 
As a percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities 

(36,942) 
8.3% 

(24,886) 
5.9% 

(43,546) 
10.7% 

(49,448) 
13.7% 

4,564
1.1% 

The expected contributions payable to Group defined benefit schemes in 2012 are £11.0 million.

Greencore Group Pension Scheme Contingent Asset
The Greencore Group Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) has a mortgage and charge relating to certain property assets of the Group for use as a contingent  
asset of the Scheme. Under the terms of the mortgage and charge, should a disposal of these property assets occur that meets the terms of the mortgage  
and charge, the Scheme is entitled to a portion of the sale proceeds. The maximum amount recoverable by the Trustees of the Scheme under the mortgage 
and charge is the amount required for the Scheme to meet the minimum funding standard under the Pension Acts 1990-2009.

28. Equity Share Capital

Authorised 

500,000,000 (2010: 300,000,000) ordinary shares of €0.01 (2010: €0.63) each 
300,000,000 (2010: nil) deferred shares of €0.62 each 
1 special rights preference share of €1.26 (a) 

Issued and fully paid 

383,407,228 (2010: 206,668,944) ordinary shares of €0.01 (2010: €0.63) each 
209,131,215 (2010: nil) deferred shares of €0.62 each 
3,904,716 ordinary shares of €0.63 each held as treasury shares (e) 
1 special rights preference share of €1.26 (a) 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

160,329 
– 
– 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

172,614
–
–

2011 
£’000 

4,303 
160,072 
– 

164,375 

160,329 

172,614

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

110,449 
– 
2,087 
– 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

117,624
–
2,247
–

2011 
£’000 

3,300 
111,587 
2,117 
– 

117,004 

112,536 

119,871

(a) The special share is owned by the Minister for Agriculture, Food and the Marine, on behalf of the Irish State. This gives the owner certain rights, inter alia, 

in relation to the shares, sugar quota and sugar producing assets of Irish Sugar Limited.

(b) Details of share options granted under the Company’s Executive Share Option Scheme, savings-related share option schemes and the Deferred Bonus 

Plan and the terms attaching thereto are provided in Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements and in the Report on Directors Remuneration.

(c)  During the year 2,441,392 (2010: 2,208,982) shares were issued in respect of the scrip dividend scheme.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

(d) The Company issued 174,276,013 ordinary shares of €0.01 each by way of a 5 for 6 rights issue on 24 August 2011 for cash at €0.46 each.

(e)  In 1998, the company re-purchased 4,906,250 ordinary shares. During the current year and the prior year none of these shares were re-issued.  

The remaining 3,904,716 shares are held as treasury shares and are not eligible for dividends or voting.

Renominalisation of Ordinary Share Capital
As part of the Rights Issue for the acquisition of Uniq plc, the Company’s ordinary shares were renominalised by the equity holders of the Company at the 
Extraordinary General Meeting held on 8 August 2011. This resulted in the nominal value of each ordinary share being reduced from €0.63 per share to 
€0.01 per share.

Each existing ordinary share at the date of renominalisation was subdivided into one ordinary share of €0.01 and one deferred share of €0.62. The purpose 
of the issue of the deferred shares was to ensure that the reduction in the nominal value of the ordinary shares did not result in a reduction in the capital  
of the Company. Each ordinary shareholder’s proportionate interest in the issued ordinary shares of the Company remained unchanged as a result of the 
renominalisation.

Except for the change in nominal value and the deferred rights of the deferred shares on a winding up, the rights attaching to the ordinary shares of €0.01 
each (including voting and dividend rights and rights on a return of capital) are identical to those of the previous ordinary shares of €0.63 each. The deferred 
shares created on the renominalisation have no voting or dividend rights and, on a return of capital on a winding up of the Company, will have the right  
to receive the amount paid up thereon only after ordinary shareholders have received, in aggregate, any amounts paid up thereon plus €100 million per 
ordinary share of €0.01, the purpose of which is to ensure that the deferred shares have no economic value.

The deferred shares are not transferable at any time, other than with the prior written consent of the Directors. At the appropriate time, the Company may 
redeem or repurchase the deferred shares, make an application to the High Court of Ireland for the deferred shares to be cancelled, or acquire or cancel or 
seek the surrender of the deferred shares (in each case for no consideration) using such other lawful means as the Directors may determine.

At the Extraordinary General Meeting held on 8 August 2011, the authorised share capital of the Company was increased so that it now consists of 
500,000,000 ordinary shares of €0.01 each, 300,000,000 deferred shares of €0.62 each and one special rights preference share of €1.26.

Capital Risk Management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising return to stakeholders 
through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. Capital is defined as the sum of the book value of shareholders’ equity plus net debt but excluding 
land subject to remediation and pension scheme assets or deficits. The Group’s return on capital employed (ROCE) is calculated by dividing Group operating 
profit (pre-exceptional charges and amortisation of acquisition related intangibles) plus pre-tax profit from associates by capital for ROCE purposes as 
shown below. The Group monitors the return on capital of the Group as a key performance indicator.

Book value of shareholders’ equity 
Less: Issue of shares – Rights Issue (net of associated costs) 
Net debt (Note 23) 
Add: Rights Issue proceeds held in cash and cash equivalents (Note 20) 
Less: Uniq net debt on acquisition (Note 35) 
Retirement benefit obligation (net of deferred tax asset) (Note 27)   
Less: Uniq retirement benefit obligations on acquisition (Note 35) 

Capital 
Investment Property – land subject to remediation (Note 15) 

Capital for ROCE purposes 

Reconciliation of movements on Equity Share Capital

Share capital, at beginning of year 
Shares issued during the year 
Currency translation adjustment 

Share capital, at end of year 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

151,747 
– 
164,064 
– 
– 
77,024 
– 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

157,370
–
258,919
–
–
68,997
–

392,835 
(32,164) 

485,286
(32,327)

2011 
£’000 

194,600 
(68,434) 
139,788 
68,856 
(7,377) 
105,669 
(2,446) 

430,656 
(34,087) 

396,569 

360,671 

452,959

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000 

2009 
£’000 

112,536 
2,877 
1,591 

119,871 
1,220 
(8,555) 

102,689
1,417
15,765

117,004 

112,536 

119,871

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

106
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

29. Non-Controlling Interests

At beginning of year 
Profit after tax 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 
Acquisitions 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

3,280 
510 
(1,124) 
– 
(222) 

3,815
1,312 
(1,348)
(1,043)
544

2,444 

3,280

2011 
£’000 

2,444 
702 
(219) 
– 
35 

2,962 

During 2009, the Group acquired the non-controlling interests shareholdings in two of its subsidiaries, Trilby Trading Limited and Encore Knockmore Limited. The 
total cash consideration for the shares was £1.0 million with an additional deferred contingent element payable depending on future business performance. 
The difference between the book value of the share of net assets acquired at acquisition and the consideration and related costs was recorded as an 
adjustment to goodwill.

30. Working Capital Movement
The following represents the Group’s working capital movement for continuting activities:

Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 

The total cash outflow in the year in respect of prior years exceptional charges was £6.3 million.

31. Commitments under Operating and Finance Leases
Operating Leases
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases at year end are as follows:

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

Operating lease commitments relate to property, plant and machinery and fixtures and fittings.

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

5,163
(3,980)
20,117

2011 
£’000 

(7,145) 
(13,892) 
19,485 

(1,552) 

21,300

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

7,912 
20,383 
28,509 

10,865
26,247
39,962

56,804 

77,074

2011 
£’000 

9,394 
25,796 
31,893 

67,083 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

Finance Leases
The Group had no finance leases at 30 September 2011 or 24 September 2010. The future minimum lease payments under finance leases at 25 September 
2009, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments were as follows:

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts allocated to future finance costs 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

32. Capital Expenditure Commitments

Capital expenditure that has been contracted but not been provided for 
Capital expenditure that has been authorised by the Directors but not yet been contracted 

2009 
As re-presented

Minimum 
payments 
£’000 

Present 
value of 
payments 
£’000

107 
354 
5,745 

6,206 
(4,512) 

1,694 

19
5
1,670

1,694
–

1,694

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000 

2009 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

2,922 
3,513 

6,435 

1,652
386

2,038

2011 
£’000 

1,511 
1,832 

3,343 

33. Contingencies
The Company and certain subsidiaries have given guarantees in respect of borrowings and other obligations arising in the ordinary course of the business  
of the Company and other Group undertakings. The Company and other Group undertakings consider these guarantees to be insurance contracts and 
account for them as such. The Company treats these guarantee contracts as contingent liabilities until such time as it becomes probable that a payment 
will be required under such guarantees.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities of certain subsidiary undertakings 
in the Republic of Ireland for the financial year ended 24 September 2010 and as a result, such subsidiary undertakings have been exempted from the filing 
provisions of Section 7, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986.

Various subsidiaries of the Group are subject to legal proceedings. Provisions for anticipated settlement costs and associated expenses arising from legal 
and other disputes are made where a reliable estimate can be made of the probable outcome of the proceedings.

The Group provided security to the Government of Ireland for the purpose of facilitating the receipt of restructuring aid as provided for in Commission 
Regulation (EC) No 968/2006. The security was in the form of a bank guarantee which was released during the year. In the prior year, the guarantee 
amounted to £8.1 million.

As part of the agreement to dispose of Greencore Malt, the Group provided a bank guarantee to Axéréal Union de Coopératives Agricoles for an amount of 
£8.6 million to guarantee the performance by the Group of its payment obligations in respect of any breach of warranty, indemnity or covenant under the 
disposal agreement in respect of any claim made by Axéréal Union de Coopératives Agricoles up to 26 March 2014.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

108
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

34. Disposal of Undertakings
The Group disposed of its interest in its malt, bottled water and Dutch-based convenience foods businesses during the year ended 24 September 2010. The 
respective profit and losses on the disposal of these businesses were recognised in the Group Income Statement within discontinued operations. The details  
of the disposals are set out in Note 6.

The net assets of the businesses disposed of, the total consideration received and the portion of consideration consisting of cash and cash equivalents and 
the amount of cash and cash equivalents over which control was lost are as follows:

Assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred tax assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Government grants 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total enterprise value 

Profit on disposal 
Recycle of losses recorded in equity on foreign exchange and cash flow hedges 
Working capital adjustments 
Disposal related costs* 

Total consideration 

Reconciliation of consideration received to cash received 
Total consideration 
Deferred consideration 
Working capital adjustments received on completion 

Net consideration received on completion 
Disposal related costs paid 

Net cash inflow arising on disposal 

Satisfied by: 
Cash payments 
Cash and cash equivalents disposed of** 

Net cash inflow arising on disposal 

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

1,438
78,338
1,578
27,580
33,454
2,474

144,862

(1,629)
(48,544)
(140)
(807)
(5,539)

(56,659)

88,203

2,321
6,520
14,229
14,236

125,509

125,509
(6,255)
(15,308)

103,946
(11,306)

92,640

93,485
(845)

92,640

Disposal related costs consists of pension curtailment gains and transaction costs.

* 
**  Cash and cash equivalents disposed of consist of both cash and cash equivalents and borrowings.

Deferred consideration of £0.9 million was received during the year ended 30 September 2011. Future deferred consideration is receivable in March 2012 
and August 2013.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
109

35. Acquisition of Undertakings
On 23 September 2011, the Group’s acquisition of Uniq plc (‘Uniq’) was declared unconditional in all respects. The acquisition provides further critical mass  
in the Food to Go market and exposure to the premium chilled desserts market, in both cases with a major retail customer with which the Group previously 
had little trade.

On 6 December 2010, the Group acquired a 100% interest in On A Roll Sales (‘On A Roll’), a manufacturer of fresh sandwiches based in Brockton, south  
of Boston, Massachusetts. The Group obtained control of On A Roll by way of asset purchase. The acquisition provides an additional revenue stream to 
Greencore USA’s Food to Go category and complements our existing businesses in Newburyport and Cincinnati.

The fair value of the assets acquired, determined in accordance with IFRS, were as follows:

Assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred tax assets 
Inventory 
Trade and other receivables 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions for liabilities 
Current taxes payable 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets acquired 
Goodwill 

Total enterprise value 

Satisfied by: 
Cash payments 
Cash acquired 

Net cash outflow 
Consideration payable 

Total consideration 

On A Roll 
£’000 

Uniq 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

6,907 
404 
– 
342 
746 

38,297 
29,583 
19,744 
10,780 
28,418 

45,204
29,987
19,744
11,122
29,164

8,399 

126,822 

135,221

– 
(1,198) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(15,500) 
(48,072) 
(19,610) 
(5,833) 
(2,446) 
(9,574) 

(15,500)
(49,270)
(19,610)
(5,833)
(2,446)
(9,574)

(1,198)  (101,035)  (102,233)

7,201 
4,322 

25,787 
78,792 

32,988
83,114

11,523 

104,579 

116,102

11,116 
(241) 

10,875 
648 

– 
(8,123) 

11,116
(8,364)

(8,123) 
112,702 

2,752
113,350

11,523 

104,579 

116,102

The fair values of the acquired net assets of Uniq have been determined provisionally as at 30 September 2011 and are subject to change, as the Group has 
yet to finalise the fair value of all the net identifiable assets acquired due to the timing of the completion of the acquisition.

On A Roll
The principal factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill on the acquisition of On A Roll is the expected realisation of cost savings and operational 
synergies through the combination of the activities of On A Roll with existing operations in the Group. The total amount of goodwill recognised of £4.3 million  
is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The principal intangible assets acquired were customer related intangible assets amounting to £6.8 million.

The deferred consideration is revenue related and payable one year following the acquisition date and is contingent on the performance of On a Roll for the 
year ended 30 September 2011. The maximum amount payable under the acquisition agreement has been provided for based on the performance of On a 
Roll for this period. There is no minimum amount payable.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

110
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

35. Acquisition of Undertakings (continued)
On A Roll (continued)
As part of the acquisition, the Group acquired trade receivables with a fair value of £0.713 million. The gross contractual amount receivable was £0.716 
million and management’s estimate of the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected was £0.003 million.

Transaction costs of £0.4 million associated with the acquisition of On A Roll are presented as an exceptional charge within operating costs as set out in Note 6.

The post acquisition impact of On A Roll was to increase Group revenue for the financial period by £16.5 million. The post acquisition impact of the business 
combination on Group profit for the financial period was not material.

If the acquisition date of On A Roll was at the beginning of the period, Group revenue and profit for the financial period would not have been materially different.

Uniq
The principal factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill on the acquisition of Uniq is the expected realisation of cost savings and operational 
synergies through the combination of the activities of Uniq with existing operations in the Group, together with the assembled workforce and knowledge 
and experience of the Uniq employees. The total amount of goodwill recognised of £78.8 million is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The principal intangible assets acquired were customer related intangible assets amounting to £36.5 million.

The consideration payable at 30 September 2011 was paid in full on various dates during October and November 2011.

As part of the acquisition, the Group acquired trade receivables with a fair value of £24.13 million. The gross contractual amount receivable was £24.15 
million and management’s estimate of the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected was £0.02 million.

Transaction costs of £6.6 million associated with the acquisition of Uniq are presented as an exceptional charge within operating costs as set out in Note 6.

The post acquisition impact of the business combination on Group revenue and profit for the financial period was not material.

If the acquisition date of Uniq was at the beginning of the period, Group revenue for the financial period would have been £1.1 billion. In addition, the  
profit of the Group for the financial period would have been £42.1 million. This profit for the period includes a curtailment gain of £73.7 million in respect  
of the Uniq pension deficit following the settlement agreed with the pension fund and charges of £54.8 million in respect of restructuring and asset 
impairments of the Uniq desserts division. 

36. Related Party Disclosures
The principal related party relationships requiring disclosure in the Group Financial Statements under IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures pertain to the 
existence of subsidiaries and associates and transactions with these entities entered into by the Group and the identification and compensation of key 
management personnel as addressed in greater detail below.

Subsidiaries and Associates
The Group Financial Statements include the Financial Statements of the Company (Greencore Group plc, the ultimate parent) and its subsidiaries and 
associates. A listing of the principal subsidiaries and associates is provided in Note 37 of the Group Financial Statements.

Sales to and purchases from, together with outstanding payables and receivables to and from, subsidiaries, are eliminated in the preparation of the Group 
Financial Statements in accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. Amounts receivable from and payable to associates as  
at the balance sheet date are included as separate line items in the notes to the Group Financial Statements.

Terms and Conditions of Transactions with Associates
In general, sales to and purchases from associates are on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions. The outstanding balances 
included in receivables and payables at the balance sheet date in respect of transactions with associates are unsecured, interest free and settlement arises 
in cash. No guarantees have been either requested or provided in relation to the associates company receivables and payables.

Key Management Personnel
For the purposes of the disclosure requirements of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, the term ‘key management personnel’ (i.e. those persons having the 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company), comprise the Board of Directors which manages the business 
and affairs of the Company. As identified in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration, the Directors, other than the Non-Executive Directors, serve as executive 
officers of the Company.

111

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

3,966
437
1,073

5,476

2011 
£’000 

3,026 
782 
1,054 

4,862 

Key management personnel compensation was as follows:

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share based payments 

37. Principal Subsidiaries and Associated Undertakings

Name of subsidiary 

Nature of business 

Percentage share 

Registered office

Breadwinner Foods Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Greencore Advances Limited 

Finance Company 

Greencore Developments Limited 

Property Company 

Greencore Finance Limited 

Finance Company 

Greencore Funding Limited** 

Finance Company 

Greencore USA, Inc*** 

Food Processors 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Greencore UK Holdings plc* 

Holding Company 

100 

Hazelwood (Blackditch) Limited* 

Property Company 

100 

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

P.O. Box 87, 22 Grenville Street
St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX

The Corporation Service Company
1209 Orange Street 
City of Willmington
County of Newcastle
Delaware
USA

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

All the above companies are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland except those marked with * which are incorporated within the United Kingdom, that marked with ** which is incorporated 
in Jersey, and that marked with *** which is incorporated in the U.S.A. The principal country of operation of each company is the country in which it is incorporated.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

112
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

37. Principal Subsidiaries and Associated Undertakings (continued)

Name of subsidiary 

Nature of business 

Percentage share 

Registered office

Hazlewood Convenience  
Food Group Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Hazlewood Convenience  
Group 1 Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Hazlewood Foods Limited* 

Holding Company 

100 

Hazlewood Grocery Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Irish Sugar Limited 

General Trading Company 

100 

Ministry of Cake Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Oldfields Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Premier Molasses  
Company Limited 

Molasses Trading 

50 

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Harbour Road
Foynes, Co. Limerick

All the above companies are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland except those marked with * which are incorporated within the United Kingdom, that marked with ** which is incorporated 
in Jersey, and that marked with *** which is incorporated in the U.S.A. The principal country of operation of each company is the country in which it is incorporated.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
113

Percentage share 

Registered office

Name of subsidiary 

Sushi San Limited* 

Nature of business 

Food Processors 

100 

Trilby Trading Limited 

Food Industry Suppliers 

100 

Uniq Prepared Foods Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

United Molasses (Ireland) Limited*  Molasses Trading 

50 

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough 
Chesterfield S43 4XA

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Duncrue Street
Belfast BT3 9AQ

All the above companies are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland except those marked with * which are incorporated within the United Kingdom, that marked with ** which is incorporated 
in Jersey, and that marked with *** which is incorporated in the U.S.A. The principal country of operation of each company is the country in which it is incorporated.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

114
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

38. Prior Year Adjustment – Change in Presentation Currency
Following the acquisition of Uniq plc, the Group changed its reporting currency from euro to sterling. This change aligns the Group’s external financial 
reporting with the currency profile of the Group. The change in presentation currency has been applied retrospectively.

In restating the Group Financial Statements for 2010 and 2009, the reported information was converted to sterling from euro using the following 
procedures:

 • Assets, liabilities and equity were translated to sterling at the closing rates of exchange at each respective balance sheet date (2010: 0.8483; 2009: 0.9133).
 •

Income and expenses were translated to sterling at actual rates of exchange for the transactions (or the average rate of 0.8644 where this was a reasonable 
approximation).

 • Differences resulting from the retranslation were taken to reserves.

The impact on the prior year results, closing balance sheet and the numerator for earnings per share as originally reported is set out below:

Income Statement

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating costs, net 

Group operating profit/(loss) before acquisition related amortisation 

Amortisation of acquisition related intangibles 

Group operating profit 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates after tax 

Profit before taxation 

Taxation 

Profit for the period from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 
Result from discontinued operations 

Profit for the financial period 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

2010 

As 
originally 
As re- 
reported  presented 
£’000

€’000 

855,952 
739,863 
(569,193)  (491,996)

286,759 

247,867 

(227,071)  (196,274)

59,688 

51,593 

(2,364) 

(2,043)

57,324 

49,550 

26,153 
(53,665) 
513 

22,606 
(46,387)
443 

30,325 

26,212 

(5,415) 

(4,680)

24,910 

21,532 

9,550 

8,628 

34,460 

30,160 

33,870 
590 

34,460 

29,650 
510 

30,160 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115

2010 

2009 

As 
As re- 
originally 
reported  presented 
£’000 

€’000 

As 
As re- 
originally 
reported  presented 
£’000

€’000 

404,555 
217,532 
37,916 
682 
6,310 
19,220 
46,284 

343,184 
184,532 
32,164 
579 
5,353 
16,304 
39,263 

404,305 
319,233 
710 
638 
– 
16,358 
42,993 

369,252
291,555
648
583
–
14,940
39,266

732,499 

621,379 

784,237 

716,244

39,549 
64,537 
2,486 
11,707 

33,549 
54,747 
2,109 
9,931 

82,369 
95,562 
– 
43,933 

75,228
87,277
–
40,124

118,279 

100,336 

221,864 

202,629

850,778 

721,715  1,006,101 

918,873

132,661 
121,162 
(77,820) 

112,536 
102,782 
(66,015) 

131,250 
119,623 
(82,156) 

119,871
109,252
(75,033)

176,003 
2,881 

149,303 
2,444 

168,717 
3,591 

154,090
3,280

178,884 

151,747 

172,308 

157,370

185,415 
118,442 
5,193 
3,950 
43,842 
114 

157,288 
100,474 
4,405 
3,351 
37,191 
97 

343,769 
99,859 
6,924 
6,188 
47,648 
1,096 

313,964
91,201
6,324
5,652
43,517
1,001

356,956 

302,806 

505,484 

461,659

41,401 
18,894 
218,126 
8,297 
28,220 

35,120 
16,028 
185,036 
7,038 
23,940 

21 
27,237 
262,845 
11,288 
26,918 

19
24,876
240,056
10,309
24,584

314,938 

267,162 

328,309 

299,844

671,894 

569,968 

833,793 

761,503

850,778 

721,715  1,006,101 

918,873

Balance Sheet

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investments in associates 
Other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Company  
Share capital 
Share premium 
Reserves 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

LIABILITIES 
Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Other payables 
Provisions for liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Government grants 

Total non-current liabilities 

Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions for liabilities 
Current taxes payable 

Total current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

116
Financial Statements
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

38. Prior Year Adjustment – Change in Presentation Currency (continued)
Numerator for Adjusted Earnings per Share Calculation

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Exceptional items (post-tax) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments where hedge accounting is not applied 
FX on inter-company and external balances where hedge accounting is not applied 
Amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets (net of tax) 
Pension financing (net of tax) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and pension financing  

included in discontinued operations 

Numerator for adjusted earnings per share calculation   
Result from discontinued operations – pre-exceptional 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and  

pension financing included in discontinued operations 

Numerator for continuing adjusted earnings per share calculation   

39. Subsequent Events 
There were no significant subsequent events after the balance sheet date.

2010 

As 
originally 
reported 
€’000 

33,870 
(2,253) 
3,731 
(1,965) 
1,584 
(443) 

As 
restated 
£’000

29,650
(2,321)
3,225
(1,698)
1,368
(383)

(345) 

(298)

34,179 
(7,297) 

29,543
(6,307)

345 

298

27,227 

23,534

40. Board Approval
The Group Financial Statements, together with the Company Financial Statements, for the year ended 30 September 2011 were approved by the Board of 
Directors and authorised for issue on 5 December 2011.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011 

117

Basis of Preparation
The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in sterling, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles under the historic cost 
convention and Irish statute, comprising the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009, and with the financial reporting standards of the Accounting Standards Board, 
as promulgated by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland. 

Following the acquisition of Uniq plc, the Group changed its reporting currency from euro to sterling. This change aligns the Group’s external financial 
reporting with the currency profile of the Group. At the same time, the Company has changed its functional currency from euro to sterling. This change 
reflects the increased concentration of the Group’s activities in sterling. 

In order to present the position and results as at and for the year ended 30 September 2011, in accordance with Statement of Standard Accounting Practice 
Number 20 Foreign Currency Translation (SSAP 20), the Company has restated the profit and loss account, balance sheet and all related notes at the applicable 
euro/sterling exchange rate – refer to Note 1 for further details.

Profit and Loss
The profit attributable to equity shareholders dealt with in the Financial Statements of the Parent Company was £6.6 million (2010: £5.6 million). In accordance 
with section 148(8) of the Companies Act 1963 and section 7(1A) of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986, the Company is availing of the exemption from 
presenting its individual Profit and Loss Account to the Annual General Meeting and from filing it with the Registrar of Companies. 

Foreign Currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transactions. The resulting monetary assets and liabilities are translated 
at the balance sheet rate. The resulting profits or losses are dealt with in the profit and loss account.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries and associated undertakings are held at cost. The Company assesses investments for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. If any such indication of impairment exists, the Company makes an 
estimate of its recoverable amount. When the carrying amount of an investment exceeds its recoverable amount, the investment is considered impaired and  
is written down to its recoverable amount.

Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost or valuation, less estimated residual value, of each fixed asset during its expected useful life using the 
straight line or reducing balance methods over the following periods:

Plant, machinery, fixtures and fittings 

3-25 years

No depreciation is provided on freehold land.

Employee Share Options
The Company grants equity settled share based payments and share awards to employees (through Executive Share Option and Share Award Schemes 
and employee Sharesave Schemes). In the case of these options, the fair value is determined using a trinomial valuation model, as measured at the date  
of grant. The fair value is expensed to the Profit and Loss Account on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the number of 
shares that will eventually vest. 

The proceeds received when options are exercised, net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital and share premium. 

Taxation
Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted, at the 
balance sheet date along with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences which have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events 
that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future, or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date.

Timing differences are temporary differences between profit as computed for taxation purposes and profit as stated in the Financial Statements which 
arise because certain items of income and expenditure in the Financial Statements are dealt with in different periods for taxation purposes.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent which they are regarded as recoverable. Recoverability is assessed on the basis that more likely than not 
there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

118
Financial Statements
Company Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

Retirement Benefits
Defined Contribution Pension Plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate defined contribution scheme. Obligations 
for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the Profit and Loss Account as due. Any difference between the 
amounts charged to the Profit and Loss Account and contributions paid to the pension scheme are included in debtors or creditors in the Balance Sheet.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan
Pension benefits are funded over the employees’ years of service by way of contributions to a defined benefit scheme operated by the Company. Pursuant 
to paragraph 9 (b) of FRS 17, as the Directors of the Company are unable to determine the portion of the pension scheme assets and liabilities which relate 
to the employees of the Company, the Company has accounted for the contributions as if the scheme were a defined contribution scheme. Contributions to 
the plan are charged to the Profit and Loss Account as due. Any difference between the amounts charged to the Profit and Loss Account and contributions 
paid to the pension scheme are included in debtors or creditors in the Balance Sheet. 

Share Capital
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are taken as a deduction, within equity 
net of tax, from the proceeds.

Treasury Shares
Where the Company purchases the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from the total shareholders’ equity and classified as 
treasury shares until they are cancelled. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in total shareholders’ 
equity.

Dividends
Interim dividends payable are recognised as a liability of the Company when the Board of Directors’ resolves to pay the dividend and the shareholders have 
been notified in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. Final dividends of the Company are recognised as a liability when they have been 
approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Cash Flow
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available to it under FRS 1 Cash flow Statements not to prepare a statement of cash flows.

Company Balance Sheet
at 30 September 2011

Fixed assets 
Tangible assets 
Financial assets 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors (amounts due within one year) 
Creditors 

Net current assets 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Share capital 
Capital conversion reserve fund 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Profit and loss account 

Shareholders’ funds 

EF Sullivan 
Director 

AR Williams
Director

119

Notes 

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000

2 
3 

1,092 
84,074 

85,166 

1,152
82,710

83,862

4 

839,391 
69,314 

738,335
3,241

908,705 

741,576

5 

527,565 

427,844

527,565 

427,844

381,140 

313,732

466,306 

397,594

6 
7 
7 
7 
7 

117,004 
804 
171,010 
(17,157) 
194,645 

112,536
792
102,782
(17,289)
198,773

466,306 

397,594

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

120
Financial Statements
Notes to the Company Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011 

1. Prior Year Adjustment – Change in Functional Currency
Following the acquisition of Uniq plc, the Group changed its reporting currency from euro to sterling. This change aligns the Group’s external financial 
reporting with the currency profile of the Group. At the same time, the Company changed its functional currency from euro to sterling. This change reflects 
the increased concentration of the Group’s activities in sterling.

In order to present the position and results as at and for the year ended 30 September 2011, in accordance with SSAP20 Foreign Currency Translation, the 
Company has restated the profit and loss account, balance sheet and all related notes at the applicable euro/sterling exchange rate as follows:

 • Assets, liabilities and equity were translated to sterling at the closing rate of exchange at the balance sheet date (0.8483).
 •

Income and expenses were translated to sterling at actual rates of exchange for the transactions (or the average rate of 0.8644 where this was  
a reasonable approximation).

 • Differences resulting from the retranslation were taken to reserves.

The impact on the prior year results and closing balance sheet as originally reported is set out below:

Retained profit for the financial year 

Fixed assets 
Tangible assets 
Financial assets 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors (amounts due within one year) 
Creditors 

Net current assets 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Share capital 
Capital conversion reserve fund 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Profit and loss account 

Shareholders’ funds 

As 
originally 
reported 
€’000 

As 
restated 
£’000

6,441 

5,568

1,358 
97,501 

98,859 

1,152
82,710

83,862

870,370 
3,821 

738,335
3,241

874,191 

741,576

504,355 

427,844

504,355 

427,844

369,836 

313,732

468,695 

397,594

132,661 
934 
121,162 
(20,380) 
234,318 

112,536
792
102,782
(17,289)
198,773

468,695 

397,594

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
121

Fixtures 
and 
fittings 
£’000 

1,249 
3 
18 

1,270 

103 
78 
1 

182 

Total 
£’000 

1,255
3
18

1,276

103
80
1

184

1,088 

1,092

1,146 

1,152

2011 
£’000 

82,710 
166 
1,198 

84,074 

2010 
£’000

102,782
(7,020)
(13,052)

82,710

2011 
£’000 

2010 
£’000

838,718 
151 
475 

738,241
52
42

839,344 

738,335

2011 
£’000 

516,071 
5,407 
1,218 
2,991 

2010 
£’000

417,263
5,259
1,852
3,470

525,687 

427,844

2. Tangible Assets

Cost 
At 24 September 2010 
Additions 
Currency translation adjustment 

At 30 September 2011 

Depreciation 
At 24 September 2010 
Charge for the year 
Currency translation adjustment 

At 30 September 2011 

Net book value 
At 30 September 2011 

At 24 September 2010 

3. Financial Assets

Interest in subsidiary undertakings 

At beginning of year 
Movement in year 
Currency translation adjustment 

At end of year 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

6 
– 
– 

6 

– 
2 
– 

2 

4 

6 

The principal trading subsidiary and associated undertakings are set out in Note 37 to the Group Financial Statements.

4. Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings* 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 

* 

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are classified as current, as all inter-company receivables and payables are repayable on demand. 

5. Creditors

Amounts falling due within one year 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings* 
Declared interim dividend 
Trade and other creditors 
Accruals 

* 

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are classified as current, as all inter-company receivables and payables are repayable on demand.

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

122
Financial Statements
Notes to the Company Financial Statements
year ended 30 September 2011  
(continued)

6. Share Capital
Details in respect of called-up share capital are presented in Note 28 of the Group Financial Statements.

7. Equity Reserves

Share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

At beginning of year 
Currency translation adjustment 
Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the Company 

112,536 
1,591 
– 

102,782 
(269) 
– 

Employee share options expense 
Exercise, forfeit or lapse of share options 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 
Shares granted to beneficiaries of the Deferred Share Awards Trust (b) – 
Issue of shares – Rights Issue 
Costs associated with the issue of shares 
Dividends 

– 
11 
– 
– 
1,500 
– 
1,366 

– 
4 
– 
– 
69,255 
(2,321) 
1,559 

2011 

Share 
option 
reserve 
£’000 

2,598 
32 
– 

1,744 
(1,144) 
– 
1,419 
– 
– 
– 

Capital 
Own  conversion 
reserve 
fund 
£’000 

shares 
reserve 
£’000 

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£’000

(19,887) 
(281) 
– 

792 
12 
– 

198,773
2,625
6,584

– 
– 
(1,638) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(1,419)
– 
– 
– 

–
1,144
168

–
–
(13,236)

At end of year 

117,004 

171,010 

3,230 

(20,387) 

804 

194,645

(a) Pursuant to the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan, 2,250,752 shares (2010: 1,425,832) were purchased during the financial year ended 30 September 
2011 at a cost of £1.47 million (2010: £1.729 million). The nominal value of these shares, on which dividends have not been waived by the Trustees of  
the Plan was £0.02 million (2010: £0.777 million) at the date of purchase.

The Trustees of the Deferred Bonus Plan have, to date, availed of the scrip dividend scheme and utilised dividend income with a combined value of 
£0.168 million to acquire 143,420 shares in the Group with a nominal value of £0.107 million at the date of purchase.

(b) In the period, 989,582 shares with a nominal value of £0.547 million at the date of transfer were transferred to beneficiaries of the Deferred Bonus Plan.

8. Retirement Benefits
The Company operates a defined benefit pension scheme and a defined contribution scheme, with assets held in separate trustee administered funds.

Some employees of the Company are members of a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme, which is operated in conjunction with other Group 
companies. The defined benefit scheme is accounted for as if it were a defined contribution scheme on the grounds that the Company is unable to identify 
its share of the underlying assets and liabilities in the scheme on a consistent and reasonable basis. The defined benefit scheme of which some employees 
are members is not included on the Balance Sheet of the Company as it is not possible to determine the proportion of the assets and liabilities of the 
scheme that relates to the Company on a reasonable and consistent basis. A substantial number of deferred beneficiaries of the scheme were employees 
of entities that either no longer trade or are no longer owned by the Group.

Total pension costs for the year amounted to £3.012 million (2010: £2.033 million) in respect of defined benefit schemes and £0.605 million (2010: £0.229 
million) in respect of defined contribution schemes. At year-end, £0.028 million (2010: £0.034 million) was included in other accruals in respect of pension 
cost accruals.

Disclosures in relation to this and all other Group defined benefit pension schemes are given in Note 27 to the Group Financial Statements.

9. Share Based Payments
The Company grants share options under various share option plans as detailed in the Report of the Directors. A charge of £0.82 million (2010: £1.06 million) 
was recognised in the Profit and Loss Account of the Company in respect of the employees of the Company. All disclosures relating to the plans are given in  
Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
123

10. Financial Guarantee Contracts
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities of certain subsidiary undertakings 
in the Republic of Ireland for the financial year ended 30 September 2011. Where the Company has entered into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee 
the indebtedness of such subsidiaries, the Company considers these to be insurance contracts and accounts for them as such.

The Company is party to cross guarantees on Group borrowings. These are treated as insurance contracts and accounted for as such.

11. Statutory Information
During the period the average number of persons employed by the Company (excluding Non-Executive Directors) was 30 (2010: 29).

Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration and in Note 36 to the Group Financial Statements.

Auditor’s remuneration for the year was as follows:

Audit of Company Financial Statements 
Other assurance services 
Tax advisory services 

The Company has annual commitments under operating leases expiring after five years of £0.724 million.

2010 
As re- 
presented 
£’000

43
151
644

838

2011 
£’000 

26 
242 
90 

358 

#3#1#2Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2011

124
Financial Statements
Notes

Shareholder and Other Information

Greencore Group plc is an Irish registered company. Its ordinary shares are quoted on the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. 
Greencore has a Level 1 American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programme for which BNY Mellon acts as depositary (Symbol: GNCGY).  
Each ADR share represents four Greencore ordinary shares.

Shareholding Statistics as at 30 November 2011

Total holders 

Units 

5,085 
3,999 
818 
519 
212 
52 
25 
79 

1,862,917 
9,330,909 
5,722,082 
7,843,601 
9,971,994 
7,794,488 
8,575,104 
333,714,752 

10,789 

384,815,847 

% of 
Issued 
Capital

0.48
2.42
1.49
2.04
2.59
2.03
2.23
86.72

0.00

100.0

Stockbrokers
Goodbody Stockbrokers
Ballsbridge Business Park
Ballsbridge
Dublin 4

Investec Securities
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP
UK

American Depositary Receipts
BNY Mellon
101 Barclay Street
22nd Floor – West
New York NY 10286
USA

Website
www.greencore.com

Follow Greencore on Twitter
@GreencoreGroup

Range of units 

0 – 1,000 
1,000 – 5,000 
5,000 – 10,000 
10,000 – 25,000 
25,000 – 100,000 
100,000 – 250,000 
250,000 – 500,000 
Over 500,000 

Rounding 

Total 

Financial Calendar
Record date for 2011 final dividend 
Annual General Meeting 
Payment date for 2011 final dividend 
Half yearly financial report 
Financial year end 
Interim Management Statement 
Interim dividend payment 
Announcement of results 

Advisors and Registered Office

16 December 2011
9 February 2012
2 April 2012
May 2012
28 September 2012
August 2012
October 2012
December 2012

Company Secretary
Conor O’Leary ACIS

Registered Office
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry 
Dublin 9

Auditor
KPMG
1 Stokes Place
St Stephen’s Green
Dublin 2

Registrar and Transfer Office
Computershare Investor
Services (Ireland) Limited
Heron House, Corrig Road
Sandyford Industrial Estate
Dublin 18

Solicitors
Arthur Cox
Earlsfort Centre
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2

Eversheds
Bridgewater Place
Water Lane
Leeds LS11 5DR
UK

Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London EC1Y 8YY
UK

You can also view this report online at  
http://ar2011.greencore.com/

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
greencore.com

Greencore Group plc
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry
Dublin 9

Tel:  +353 1 605 1000
Fax:  +353 1 605 1099